Komatsu PC-75

WEBM004000
40-28 PC15R-8
CONTENTS
10 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
20 TESTING AND ADJUSTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
30 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
40 MAINTENANCE STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
PC75R-2
00-2 PC75R-2
The affected pages are indicated by the use of the
following marks. It is requested that necessary ac- Mark Indication Action required
tions be taken to these pages according to table
below.
C Page to be newly Add
c Page to be replaced Replace
( ) Page to be delete Discard
Pages having no marks are those previously revised

or made additions.
LIST OF REVISED PAGES
Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page
revision revision revision revision revision
00-1 10-25 10-66 10-107 20-30

00-2 10-26 10-67 10-108 20-31
00-2-1 10-27 10-68 10-109 20-32
00-2-2 10-28 10-69 10-110 20-33
00-3 10-29 10-70 10-111 20-34
00-4 10-30 10-71 10-112 20-35
00-5 10-31 10-72 10-113 20-36
00-6 10-32 10-73 10-114 20-37
00-7 10-33 10-74 10-115 20-38
00-8 10-34 10-75 10-116 20-39
00-9 10-35 10-76 10-117 20-40
00-10 10-36 10-77 20-41
00-11 10-37 10-78 20-1 20-42
00-12 10-38 10-79 20-2 20-43
00-13 10-39 10-80 20-3 20-44
00-14 10-40 10-81 20-4 20-45
10-41 10-82 20-5 20-46
10-1 10-42 10-83 20-6 20-47
10-2 10-43 10-84 20-7 20-48
10-3 10-44 10-85 20-8 20-49
10-4 10-45 10-86 20-9 20-50
10-5 10-46 10-87 20-10 20-51
10-6 10-47 10-88 20-11 20-52
10-7 10-48 10-89 20-12 20-53
10-8 10-49 10-90 20-13 20-54
10-9 10-50 10-91 20-14 20-55
10-10 10-51 10-92 20-15 20-56
10-11 10-52 10-93 20-16 20-57
10-12 10-53 10-94 20-17 20-58
10-13 10-54 10-95 20-18 20-59
10-14 10-55 10-96 20-19 20-60
10-15 10-56 10-97 20-20 20-61
10-16 10-57 10-98 20-21
10-17 10-58 10-99 20-22 30-1
10-18 10-59 10-100 20-23 30-2
10-19 10-60 10-101 20-24 30-3
10-20 10-61 10-102 20-25 30-4
10-21 10-62 10-103 20-26 30-5
10-22 10-63 10-104 20-27 30-6
10-23 10-64 10-105 20-28 30-7
10-24 10-65 10-106 20-29 30-8
PC75R-2 00-2-1
Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of
Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page
revision revision revision revision revision
30-9 30-66 30-123

30-10 30-67 30-124
30-11 30-68
30-12 30-69 40-1
30-13 30-70 40-2
30-14 30-71 40-3
30-15 30-72 40-4
30-16 30-73 40-5
30-17 30-74 40-6
30-18 30-75 40-7
30-19 30-76 40-8
30-20 30-77 40-9
30-21 30-78 40-10
30-22 30-79 40-11
30-23 30-80 40-12
30-24 30-81 40-13
30-25 30-82 40-14
30-26 30-83 40-15
30-27 30-84 40-16
30-28 30-85 40-17
30-29 30-86 40-18
30-30 30-87 40-19
30-31 30-88 40-20
30-32 30-89 40-21
30-33 30-90 40-22
30-34 30-91 40-23
30-35 30-92 40-24
30-36 30-93 40-25
30-37 30-94 40-26
30-38 30-95 40-27
30-39 30-96 40-28
30-40 30-97 40-29
30-41 30-98 40-30
30-42 30-99 40-31
30-43 30-100 40-32
30-44 30-101 40-33
30-45 30-102 40-34
30-46 30-103 40-35
30-47 30-104 40-36
30-48 30-105 40-37
30-49 30-106 40-38
30-50 30-107
30-51 30-108
30-52 30-109
30-53 30-110
30-54 30-111
30-55 30-112
30-56 30-113
30-57 30-114
30-58 30-115
30-59 30-116
30-60 30-117
30-61 30-118
30-62 30-119
30-63 30-120
30-64 30-121
30-65 30-122
00-2-2 PC75R-2
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
Proper service and repair is extremely important for the safe operation of your machine.
The service and repair techniques recommended by Komatsu and describe in this manual are both ef-
fective and safe methods of operation. Some of these operations require the use of tools specially de-
signed by Komatsu for the purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbols and are used to mark safety precautions in this man-
ual. The cautions accompanying these symbols should always be carefully followed. If any danger arises
or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take necessary steps to face.
SAFETY
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS PREPARATIONS FOR WORK
Mistakes in operation extremely dangerous. 7. Before adding or making any repairs, park the ma-
Read all the Operation and Maintenance Manual care- chine on hard, level ground, and block the tracks
fully BEFORE operating the machine. to prevent the machine from moving.
1. Before carrying out any greasing or repairs, read 8. Before starting work, lower blade, bucket or any
all the precautions written on the decals which other work equipment to the ground. If this is
are suck on the machine. not possible, use blocks to prevent the work
equipment from falling down. In addition, be sure
2. When carrying out any operation, always wear sa- to lock all the control levers and hang warning
fety shoes and helmet. Do not wear loose work sign on them.
clothes, or clothes with buttons missing.
9. When disassembling or assembling, support the
. Always wear safety glasses when hitting parts
machine with blocks, jacks or stands before star-
with a hammer.
ting work.
. Always wear safety glasses when grinding
parts with a grinder, etc. 10. Remove all mud and oil from the steps or other
places used to get on and off the machine. Always
3. If welding repairs are needed, always have a trai- use the handrails, ladders or steps when getting
ned, experienced welder carry out the work. on or off the machine.
When carrying out welding work, always wear Never jump on or off the machine.
welding gloves, apron, glasses, cap and other clo- If it is impossible to use the handrails, ladders or
thes suited for welding work. steps, use a stand to provide safe footing.
4. When carrying out any operation with two or more
workers, always agree on the operating procedure
before starting. Always inform your fellow workers PRECAUTIONS DURING WORK
before starting any step of the operation. Before
11. When removing the oil filler cap, drain plug or hy-
starting work, hang UNDER REPAIR signs on
draulic pressure measuring plugs, loosen them
the controls in the operator's compartment.
slowly to prevent the oil from spurting out.
5. Keep all tools in good condition and learn the cor- Before disconnecting or removing components of
rect way to use them. the hydraulic circuit and engine cooling circuit,
first remove the pressure completely from the cir-
6. Decide a place in the repair workshop to keep
cuit.
tools and removed parts. Always keep the tools
and parts in their correct places. Always keep 12. The water and oil in the circuits are not hot when
the work area clean and make sure that there is the engine in stopped, so be careful not to get
no dirt or oil on the floor. burned.
Smoke only in the areas provided for smoking. Wait for the oil water to cool before carrying out
Never smoke while working. any work on the cooling water circuits.
PC75R-2 00-3
13. Before starting work, remove the leads from the 24. Take sure when removing or installing tracks.
battery. Always remove the lead from the negative When removing the track, the track separates
( ± ) terminal first. suddenly, so never let anyone stand at either
end of the track.
14. When raising heavy components, use a hoist or
crane. Check that the wire rope, chains and hooks
are free from damage.
Always use lifting equipment which has ample ca-
pacity. Install the lifting equipment at the correct
places.
Use a hoist or crane and operate slowly to prevent
the component from hitting any other part.
Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist
or crane.
15. When removing covers which are under internal
pressure or under pressure from a spring, always
leave two bolts in position on opposite sides.
Slowly release the pressure, then slowly loosen
the bolts to remove.
16. When removing components, be careful not to
break or damage the wiring.
Damage wiring may cause electrical fires.
17. When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil from
spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips on to the floor,
wipe it up immediately.
Fuel or oil on the floor can cause you to slip, or
can even start fires.
18. As a general rule, do not use gasoline to wash
parts. In particular, use only the minimum of gaso-
line when washing electrical parts.
19. Be sure to assemble all parts again in their origi-
nal places. Replace any damage parts with new
parts.
When installing hoses and wires, be sure that
they will not be damaged by contact with other
parts when the machine is being operated.
20. When installing high pressure hoses, make sure
that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are dan-
gerous, so be extremely careful when installing
tubes for high pressure circuits. Also, check that
connecting parts are correctly tightened.
21. When assembling or installing parts, always use
specified tightening torques.
When installing the parts which vibrate violently or
rotate at high speed, be particulary careful to
check that they are correctly installed.
22. When aligning two holes, never insert your fingers
or hand.
23. When measuring hydraulic pressure, check that
the measuring tool is correctly assembled before
taking any measurement.
00-4 PC75R-2
FOREWORD
This shop manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the operator an ac-
curate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform repairs and make judgements.
Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This shop manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in a service
workshop.
The manual is divided into chapters on each main group of components; these chapters are further divided into
the following sections.
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an understan-
ding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
TESTING AND ADJUSTING

This sections explains checks to be made before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments to be
made at completion of the checks and repairs.
Troubleshooting charts correlating «Problems» to «Causes» are also included in this section.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling
each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.
NOTE
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
notice.
Contact your Komatsu distributor for the latest information.
PC75R-2 00-5
HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL
HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL
VOLUMES SYMBOLS
Shop manual are issued as a guide to carry out re- In order to make the shop manual greatly chelpful,
pairs. These various volumes are designed to avoid important points about safety and quality are marked
duplicating the same information. with the following symbols.
Symbol Item Remarks

DISTRIBUTION AND UPDATING
Any additions, amendments or other changes will Special safety precautions are ne-
be sent to Komatsu distributors. cessary when performing the
Get the most up-to-date information before you start work.
any work. Safety
Extra special safety precautions
are necessary when performing
the work because it is under inter-
FILING METHOD
nal pressure.
1. See the page number on the bottom of the page.
File the pages in correct order. Special technical precautions or
other precautions for preserving
2. Following examples show you how to read the pa- Caution standards are necessary when
ge number. performing the work.
Example Weight of parts or systems.

10 - 3 Caution necessary when selecting
Weight hoisting wire, or when working
posture is important, etc.
Item number (10. Structure
and function) Parts that require special attention
Tightening for the tightening torque during as-
torque
Consecutive page number for sembly.
each item
Parts to be coated with adhesives
Coat and lubricants etc.
3. Additional pages: additional pages are indicated
by a hyphen (-) and number after the page num- Places where oil, water or fuel
Oil, water must be added, and their quantity.
ber.
Fle as in the example.
Places where oil or water must be
Example:
Drain drained, and quantity to be
10-4
drained.
10-4-1
10-4-2
] Added pages
10-5
REVISED EDITION MARK

(1 2 3 ....)
When a manual is revised, an edition mark is re-
corded on the bottom outside corner of the pages.
REVISIONS
Revised pages are shown on the LIST OF RE-
VISED PAGES between the title page and SAFETY
page.
00-6 PC75R-2
HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
ing, and a serious accident can result.

Heavy parts (25 kg (55.116lb.) or more) Hooks have maximum strength at the middle
must be lifted with a hoist etc. In the Disas- portion.
sembly and Assembly section, every part
weighing 25 kg or more is clearly indicated with
the symbol
1. If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the

machine by hoisting, the following checks should
be made:
. Check for removal of all bolts fastening the part
to the relative parts.
. Check for any part causing interference with 3) Do not sling a heavy load with one rope alone,
the part to be removed. but sling with two or more ropes symmetrically
wound on to the load.
Slinging with one rope may cause turning of
2. Wire ropes the load during hoisting, untwisting of the
1) Use adequate ropes depending on the weight rope, or slipping of the rope from its original
of parts to be hoisted, referring to the table be- winding position on the load, which can
low: cause dangerous accidents.
WIRE ROPES
(Standard «S» or «Z» twist ropes
without galvanizing) 4) Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming a
wide hanging angle from the hook.
Rope diameter (mm) Allowable load (tons) When hoisting a load with two or more ropes,
the force subjected to each rope will increase
10 1.0 with the hanging angles.
The table below shows the variation of allowa-
11.2 1.4 ble load (kg) when hoisting is made with two ro-
pes, each of which is allowed to sling up to
12.5 1.6 1000 kg vertically, at various handing angles.
14 2.2 When two ropes sling a load vertically, up to
2000 kg of total weight can be suspended.
16 2.8 This weight becomes 1000 kg when two ropes
make a 120ë hanging angle.
18 3.6 On the other hand, two ropes are subjected to
an excessive force as large as 4000 kg if they
20 4.4 sling a 2000 kg load at a lifting angle of 150ë.
22.4 5.6
30 10.0
40 18.0
50 28.0
60 40.0
The allowable load value is estimated to be

one-sixth or one-seventh of the breaking
strength of the rope used.
2) Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of the

hook. Slinging near the edge of the hook may
cause the rope to slip off the hook during hoist-
PC75R-2 00-7
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE
The following charts give the stardard tightening torques of bolts and nuts. Exceptions are given in sections of «Dis-
assembly and Assembly».
1. STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLTS AND NUT
Width across flat

Thread Pitch of (mm)
diameter bolts
of bolts
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm lb. ft. kgm Nm lb. ft.
6 1 10 5 0.96w0.1 9.5w1 7w0.74 1.3w0.15 13.5w1.5 10w1
8 1.25 13 6 2.3w0.2 23w2 17w1.5 3.2w0.3 32.2w3.5 24w2.6
10 1.5 17 8 4.6w0.5 45w4.9 6.5w0.6 6.5w0.6 63w6.5 47w4.8
12 1.75 19 10 7.8w0.8 77w8 11w1 11w1 108w11 80w8
14 2 22 12 12.5w1 122w13 17.5w2 17.5w2 172w18 127w13
16 2 24 14 19.5w2 191w21 141w15 27w3 268w29 198w22
18 2.5 27 14 27w3 262w28 194w21 37w4 366w36 270w26
20 2.5 30 17 38w4 372w40 275w30 53w6 524w57 387w42
22 2.5 32 17 52w6 511w57 377w42 73w8 719w80 531w59
24 3 36 19 66w7 644w70 475w52 92w10 905w98 668w72
27 3 41 19 96w10 945w100 698w74 135w15 1329w140 980w103
30 3.5 46 22 131w14 1287w140 950w103 184w20 1810w190 1336w140
33 3.5 50 24 177w20 1740w200 1282w147 250w27 2455w270 1809w199
36 4 55 27 230w25 2250w250 1658w184 320w35 3150w350 2321w258
39 4 60 ± 295w33 2900w330 2137w243 410w45 4050w450 2985w332
This torque table does not apply to bolts or nuts which have to fasten nylon or other parts non-ferrous metal washer.
. Nm (Newton meter): 1 Nm = 0.102 kgm (0.737 lb.ft.)
00-8 PC75R-2
2. TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NUTS OF FLARED

Use these torques for nut part of flared.
Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

of nut part of nut part
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm lb.ft.
1/2" - 20 17 2.6w0.5 25.5w4.9 18.8w3.6

9/16" - 18 17 4w0.5 39.2w4.9 28.9w3.6
3/4" - 16 22 6.7w2 65.7w19.6 48.4w14.5
7/8" - 14 27 8w2 78.5w19.6 57.9w14.5
1.1/16" - 12 32 9.7w3 95.15w29.4 70.13w21.7
1.5/16" - 12 38 17w3 166.7w29.4 122.9w21.7
1.5/8" - 12 50 20w5 196.2w49 144.6w36
22 27 8w2 78.5w19.6 57.9w14.5
33 41 20w5 196.2w49 144.6w36
Sealing
Superficie surface
di tenuta
Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

of nut part of nut part
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm lb.ft.
9/16" - 18 17 2.3 ± 2.5 23 ± 25 17 ± 18.4

11/16" - 16 22 3.4 ± 3.9 33 ± 38 24.3 ± 28
13/16" - 16 24 5.2 ± 5.8 51 ± 57 37.6 ± 42
1" - 14 30 8.2 ± 9.2 80 ± 90 59 ± 66.3
"
1. /16 - 12
3
36 12.2 ± 13.3 120 ± 130 88.4 ± 95.8
1.7/16" - 12 41 15.3 ± 17.3 150 ± 170 110.5 ± 125.3
1.11/16" - 12 50 18.4 ± 20.4 180 ± 200 132.6 ± 147.4
2" - 12 57 20.4 ± 24.4 200 ± 240 147.4 ± 176.8
PC75R-2 00-9
COATING MATERIALS
The recommended coating materials prescribed in Komatsu Shop Manuals are listed below:
Nomenclature Code Applications

ASL800010 Used to apply rubber pads, rubber gaskets and cork plugs.
Used to apply resin, rubber, metallic and non-metallic parts when a fast, strong
ASL800020 seal is needed.
Loctite 222 Used for low resistance locking of screws, check nuts and adjustment nuts.
To prevent the loosening of bolts, nuts and plugs and the leakage of oil. Used for
Loctite 242 medium resistance locking of screws and nuts of every type, and for locking keys
and bearings.
Loctite 262 Used for high resistant of threaded parts that can be removed with normal tools.
Adhesives
Loctite 270 Used for high resistant locking and for sealing threaded parts, bolts and stud bolts.
Loctite 542 Used for sealing the union threads for hydraulic tubes.
Used for sealing rather exact plane surfaces when the option of possible future
Loctite 573 dismantling is required.
Used for high resistant locking of mechanical components that can be removed
Loctite 601 only after heating
Used to lock cylindrical couplings and for the permanent locking of threaded parts,
Loctite 675 and also to lock shafts to bearings, gears, pulleys, pins, bushings, etc.
Used by itself to seal grease fittings, tapered screw fittings and tapered screw fit-
ASL800060 tings in hydraulic circuits of less than 50 mm in diameter.
Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Gasket sealant Loctite 510 (Clearance between surfaces within 0.2 mm)
Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Loctite 518 (Clearance between surfaces within 0.5 mm)
Antifriction compound
Applied to bearings and taper shaft to facilitate press-fitting and to prevent stic-
(Lubricant including ASL800040 king, burning or rusting.
Molybdenum disulfide)
Grease Applied to bearings, sliding parts and oil seals for lubrication, rust prevention and
(Lithium grease) ASL800050 facilitation of assembling work.
Vaseline ± Used for protecting battery electrode terminals from corrosion.
00-10 PC75R-2
ELECTRIC WIRE CODE
ELECTRIC WIRE CODE ELECTRIC

In the wiring diagrams various colours and symbols are employed to indicate the thickness of wires.
This wire code table will help you understand WIRING DIAGRAMS.
Example: R -N 1.5 indicates a cable having a nominal number 1.5 and red coating with black stripe.
CLASSIFICATION BY THICKNESS
Copper wire
Nominal Cable O.D. Current rating
number Number ù of strands Cross section (mm) (A)
strands (mm) (mm2)
1 14 0.30 0.99 2.80 11
1.5 21 0.30 1.48 3.35 14
2.5 35 0.30 2.47 3.80 20
4 56 0.30 3.95 4.60 28
6 84 0.30 5.93 5.20 37
10 84 0.40 10.55 7.10 53
50 399 0.40 50.11 14 160
CLASSIFICATION BY COLOUR AND CODE

Primary Auxiliary
Code A A-G ± A-N ± A-R ± A-V A/V ± ±
Colour Light blue Light blue - Yellow Light blue - Black Light blue - Red Light blue - Green ±
Code B B-G ± B-N ± B-R B/R ± ± ± ±
Colour White White - Yellow White - Black White - Red ± ±
Code C C-V ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Orange Orange - Green ± ± ± ±
Code G G-R ± G-N ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Yellow Yellow - Red Yellow - Black ± ± ±
Code H H-R ± H-N ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Gray Gray - Pink Gray - Black ± ± ±
Code L L-R L/R L-B ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Blue Blue - Red Blue - White ± ± ±
Code M M-N M/N M-V ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Brown Brown - Black Brown - Green ± ± ±
Code N ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Black ± ± ± ± ±
Code R R-N R/N R-V ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Red Red - Black Red - Green ± ± ±
Code S S-N ± S-G ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Pink Pink - Black Pink - Yellow ± ± ±
Code V V-B ± V-N ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Green Green - White Green - Black ± ± ±
Code Z Z-B ± Z-N ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Colour Violet Violet - White Violet - Black ± ± ±
COMPOSITION OF THE COLOURS

The coloration of two-colour wires is indicated by the composition of the symbols listed.
Example: R-N = Red-Black with longitudinal colouring.
R/N = Red-Black with transversal colouring.
PC75R-2 00-11
WEIGHT TABLE
This weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling components.
Unit: kg (lb.)
Machine model PC75R-2

From serial no. 22E5200763-
Engine assembly 380 (837)
Radiator - exchanger 35.5 (78.2)
Hydraulic tank (without hydraulic oil) 60 (132.2)
Fuel tank (without fuel) 40 (88.2)
Revolving frame 765 (1685.3)
Counterweight 1050 (2313.2)
Swing circle 89 (196)
Swing machinery assembly 43 (94.7)
Main pump + gear pump 57 (125.6)
Cabin 250 (550.7)
Seat 32 (70.5)
Seat support 14.5 (32)
Platform 51 (112.4)
Control valve 55 (121.2)
Track frame assembly: 979 (2156.8)
. Idler assembly 82 (180.6)
. Sprocket 35 (77.1)
. Final drive 90 (198.2)
. Track roller 16 (35.2)
. Carrier roller 11 (24.2)
Track - shoe assembly (standard) 491 (1081.6)
Engine hood Ð
Front hood Ð
Swivel joint 36 (79.3)
Swing bracket 170 (374.5)
Boom 300 (661)
st
1 boom 245 (540)
2nd boom 168 (370)
Arm (L=1700) 125 (275.3)
Arm (L=2100) 167 (368)
Blade 250 (551)
Work equipment (1-piece boom) Ð
Work equipment (2-piece boom) Ð
00-12 PC75R-2
TABLE OF OIL AND COOLANT QUANTITIES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CAPACITY
KIND OF ±30 ±20 ±10 0 10 20 30 40 50ëC
RESERVOIR
FLUID ±22 ± 4 14 32 50 58 85 104 122ëF 1st filling Change
SAE 10W
SAE 20W-20
SAE 30
OIL 9.4 , 9.4 ,
Engine oil pan SAE 40
. API CD (2.48 US.gall) (2.48 US.gall)
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-30
SAE 15W-40
OIL 138 , 70 ,
Hydraulic circuit SAE 10W
. API CD (36.43 US.gall) (18.48 US.gall)
Final drive OIL 1.7 , 1.7 ,

SAE 80W 90
(each) . API GL5 (0.45 US.gall) (0.45 US.gall)
Swing OIL 1.5 , 1.5 ,

SAE 30
machinery . API GL5 (0.40 US.gall) (0.40 US.gall)
Fuel
] 100 ,
FUEL Ð
tank ASTM D975 N. 2 (26.41 US.gall)
WATER+ 18 ,
Ð
ANTI-FREEZE (4.75 US.gall)
Engine coolant 18 ,
WATER Ð
system (4.75 US.gall)
PERMANENT 18 ,
Ð
LIQUID (4.75 US.gall)
] ASTM D975 N. 1
ASTM: America Society of Testing and Materials

SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
API: American Petroleum Institute
MIL: USA Military Specification
CCMC: Common Market Constructors Committe
Specified capacity: Total amount of oil including oil for components and oil in piping.
Refill capacity: Amount of oil needed to refill system during normal inspection and maintenance.
PC75R-2 00-13
NOTE: (2) When starting the engine is weathers temperature
below 0ëC, be sure to use engine oil SAE 10W,
(1) When fuel sulphur content is less than 0.5%,
SAE 20W-20, even if weather temperature goes
change oil in the oil pan ebery periodic mainte-
up to 10ëC day time.
nance hours described in operation and mainte-
nance manual. (3) Use classification CD as engine oil, if use classifi-
Change oil according to the following table if fuel cation CC, reduce the engine oil change interval to
sulphur content is above 0.5%. half.
(4) Use original products, which have characteristics
Fuel sulphur content
Oil change interval in engine oil specifically formulated and approved for the en-
pan gine, the hydraulic circuit of equipment and for re-
ductions.
0.5 to 1.0% 1/2 of regular interval
Above 1.0% 1/4 of regular interval
00-14 PC75R-2
GROUP 10
40-28 PC15R-8
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
P.T.O. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 2 Brake valve .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 79

Power train . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 3 Travel motor . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 81
Track frame. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 5 Reduction gear . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 83
Idler and recoil spring . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 6 Cylinders . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 84
Track roller. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 7 Servocontrol feed unit . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 86
Carrier roller . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 7 Accumulator . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 91
Track shoe . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 8 PPC Valve . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 92
Swing circle. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 9 PPC Valve (blade, boom swing, 2-piece boom) . . . . 96
Swing machinery . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 10 Travel PPC valve .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 100
Hydraulic circuit diagram (Standard) . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 11 Boom and arm safety valve . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 105
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2-Piece boom). . . .. . . . .. . 13 Blade safety valve. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 106
Hydraulic pump . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 14 2-Piece boom safety valve. .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 107
9-Spool control valve (Standard). . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 40 Overload sensor switch . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 108
10-Spool control valve (Standard+2-Piece boom) . 42 Solenoid valve . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 109
Swing motor . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 70 Electrical diagram (1/3) . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 111
Center swivel joint .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 74 Electrical diagram (2/3) . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 113
Travel motor . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 76 Electrical diagram (3/3) . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 115
Parking brake .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 78
PC75R-2 10-1
P.T.O.
5
4
RKP08290
1. Disc
2. Flywheel
3. Damper (No. 4)
4. Hub
5. Pump
10-2 PC75R-2
POWER TRAIN
4 5 6 1 7
10
11
12
13 RKP08110
1. Swing motor 8. Brake swing solenoid valve

2. Swing machinery 9. Engine
3. Swing circle 10. Main hydraulic pump
4. Idler 11. Servocontrol feed unit
5. Center swivel joint 12. Gear pump
6. Control valve 13. Travel motor
7. Travel acceleration solenoid valve
PC75R-2 10-3
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-4 PC75R-2
TRACK FRAME
2
1 3
7 5 4
6
10 9 8 RKP08120
1. Idler 8. Final drive

2. Track frame 9. Idler cushion
3. Carrier roller 10. Recoil spring
4. Sprocket
5. Track roller (No. 5)
6. Track shoe
7. Guard
PC75R-2 10-5
IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING
1 A 2 3 4
10 5
9 6
8 7
RKP08130
1. Idler 7. Bushing
2. Recoil spring 8. Shaft
3. Packing 9. Floating seal
4. Lubricator 10. Plug
5. Support
SPECIFICATIONS
6. Spring pin
Amount of oil: 600 cc
10-6 PC75R-2
CARRIER ROLLER
2 3 4 5 6
1. Cover
2. Bearing
3. Roller
4. Seal
8 5. Ring
6. Shaft
7. Snap ring
8. Lubricating plug
SPECIFICATIONS
7 Amount of oil: 120 cc
RKP08140
TRACK ROLLER
3 4 5 6 7
1. Shaft
2. Pin
3. Support
4. Seal
5. Bushing
6. Lubricating plug
7. Roller
SPECIFICATIONS
Amount of oil: 250 cc
2 1 RKP08150
PC75R-2 10-7
TRACK SHOE
8 9 7 6
5 4
RKP08160
1. Master bushing STANDARD SHOE

2. Master pin Width: 450 mm (17.73 in.)
3. Spacer Link pitch: 140 mm (5.516 in.)
4. Regular pin
5. Bushing
6. Link
7. Shoe
8. Shoe bolt
9. Shoe nut
10-8 PC75R-2
SWING CIRCLE
7
4 5
1
3
1 6
2 Section
Sezione A-A
A-A
Section B-B
Sezione B - B
5 C
D
8
1 C
Section
D A
Sezione C-C
C-C
B
B
1 B
6
Section
Sezione D-D
D-D
C
C RKP08170
1. Swing circle outer race SPECIFICATIONS

2. Swing circle inner race Reduction ratio: 81/10=8.1
3. Ball bearing
4. Pin
5. Screw
6. Screw
7. Nut
8. Grease nipple (No. 2)
PC75R-2 10-9
SWING MACHINERY
7
9
6
10
5
11
3
12
RKP08180
1. Swing pinion (Z=10) 10. No. 2 planetary gear (Z=24)

2. Housing 11. Bearing lubricator nipple
3. No. 2 planetary carrier 12. Drain plug
4. Ring gear (Z=68)
5. No. 2 sun gear (Z=19)
6. No. 1 planetary carrier SPECIFICATIONS
7. No. 1 sun gear (Z=22) 22+68 19+68
Reduction ratio: ÐÐÐÐÐ XÐÐÐÐÐ =18.732
8. Level gauge 22 19
9. No. 1 planetary gear (Z=23)
10-10 PC75R-2
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (STANDARD)
1
4
2
9
7
8
6
5
Boom swing cylinder

3 Reverse Forward Forward Reverse
(Ø110xØ70-765)
L.H. side equipment
R.H. side equipment
Boom cylinder
Bucket cylinder
B
(Ø85xØ55-665)
Brake unlocked pressure:

A B A B
V1 V2
(Ø100xØ60-650)
18.5±2.5 kg/cm2
Swing motor
T
C1 C2
(Ø120xØ60-215)
210 kg/cm2
Blade cylinder
Lower
R.H. swing
L.H. swing
Lower
Raise
D D
Open
Raise
Open
Close
Close
MB S MA
P3 P3 P2
C2 C1 C2 C1
Speed Slow Slow Speed
R.H. travel motor L.H. travel motor
M1
Ø 0.5
A9 B9 PB9 A8 B8 PB8 A7 B7 P A6 B6 PB6 A5 B5 PB5 A4 B4 PB4 A3 B3 PB3 A2 B2 PB2 P2 A1 B1 PB1 TSW TB TC
PC PR
220 kg/cm2
Filter: 10␮
Ø0,9
39.4 kg/cm2 50 kg/cm2
M3
PLS
R.H. swing
P2
Reverse
Forward
200 kg/cm2
200 kg/cm2
Ø 0.5
Ø1
2
300 kg/cm
25 kg/cm2
38 kg/cm2
Ø3 min M2
P1
R.H. travel
L.H. travel
L.H. swing
PGA
Reverse
Forward
E
270 kg/cm2
PGS
PS
PA9 PA8 PA7 PA6 PA5 PA4 PA3 PA2 PA1 PDB TS
PD
Ø 0,5 PLS PPLS
ST1 solenoid
valve group
PA1 PB1 PM
T P
A4 PB5
EV6 PA3
PB9 PA8 PB8 PA6 PB6 PA3 PB3 PB4 PA4 PA7 PB7 PB2 PA2
A3
EV5
P1 P2 P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P2 P1 P4 P3 P2 P1
A1
EV11
A B Exhaust
filter 25␮
B2 EV3 EV4 70 艎
EV12 P T
OP1 solenoid Boom swing R.H. PPC valve Blade

PPC valve L.H. PPC valve Travel PPC valve Hydraulic tank Suction
valve group PPC valve filter 90␮
P1 P1
P2 P4
P1
P3 P4 N N P3 P4
P1 P2 P2
P1 P3
P2 P2 RKP08192
PC75R-2 10-11
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-12 PC75R-2
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (2-PIECE BOOM)
1
4
2
9
7
8
2-piece boom cylinder

6
5
Boom swing cylinder

3 Reverse Forward Forward Reverse
L.H. side equipment
R.H. side equipment
Bucket cylinder
(Ø110xØ70-765)
B
(Ø90xØ50-580)
(Ø85xØ55-665)
(Ø95xØ60-905)
Boom cylinder
Brake unlocked pressure:

(Ø100xØ60-650)
A B A B
V1 V2
Arm cylinder
18.5±2.5 kg/cm2
T
Swing motor
C1 C2
210 kg/cm2 Lower
(Ø120xØ60-215)
Blade cylinder
D D
Raise
R.H. swing
L.H. swing
Raise
Lower
Open
Open
Open
Close
Close
Close
MB S MA
P3 P3 P2
C2 C2
C1 C1
Speed Slow Slow Speed
R.H. travel motor L.H. travel motor
M1
Ø 0.5
A10 B10 PB10 A8 B8 PB8 A7 B7 PB7 A6 B6 PB6 A5 B5 PB5 A4 B4 PB4 A3 B3 PB3 A2 B2 PB2 P2 A1 B1 PB1 TSW TB TC
PC PR
Filter: 10␮
220 kg/cm2
Ø0,9
39.4 kg/cm2 50 kg/cm2
M3
PLS
P2
R.H. swing
Reverse
Forward
200 kg/cm2
200 kg/cm2
Ø 0.5
Ø1
300 kg/cm2
25 kg/cm2
38 kg/cm2
Ø3 min M2
P1
PGA
L.H. swing
R.H. travel
L.H. travel
Forward
Reverse
E
270 kg/cm2
PGS
PS
PA9 PA10 PA8 PA7 PA6 PA3 PA2 PA1 PDB TS

PA5 PA4
PD
Ø 0,5 PPLS
PLS
ST1 solenoid
valve group
PM
PA1 PB1
T P
A4 PB5
PA3
EV6
PB9 PA10 PB10 PA8 PB8 PA6 PB6 PA3 PB3 PB4 PA4 PA7 PB7 PB2 PA2
A3
EV5
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P2 P1 P4 P3 P2 P1
A1
EV11
A B Exhaust
filter 25␮
B2 EV3 EV4
70 艎
EV12 P T
OP1 solenoid Travel PPC valve Blade Hydraulic tank

valve group 2-piece boom Boom swing L.H. PPC valve R.H. PPC valve
PPC valve PPC valve PPC valve Suction
filter 90␮
P1 P1
P2 P4
P1 P1
P3 P4 N N P3 P4
P2 P1 P2 P2
P1 P3
P2 P2
RKP08202
PC75R-2 10-13
HYDRAULIC PUMP
d
a b c
View ZZ
Vista
e f 1 g 2
h j
View Y
Vista Y
RKP08210
a. PPLS Port - From control valve (PLS Port) g. PA Port - To servocontrol feed unit
b. PLS Port - From control valve (P1 Port) and from (P1 Port)
servocontrol feed unit (P2 Port) h. PA3 Port - From gear pump (PGA Port)
c. PGA Port - From control valve (P2 Port) j. PGS Port - From hydraulic tank
d. PM Port - From ST1 solenoid valve group k. PS Port - From hydraulic tank
(A3 Port)
e. PDA Port - Air breeder Port
f. PD Port - Main pump drain 1. Hydraulic pump
2. Gear pump
10-14 PC75R-2
1. MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
a b c
A A
Y
View
VistaZZ
B
d e f
C
B
g
h
View YY
Vista
RKP08220
a. PS Port - From hydraulic tank f. PPLS Port - From control valve (P1 Port) and
b. PDA Port - Air breeder Port from servocontrol feed unit (P2 Port)
c. PD Port - Main pump drain g. PA3 Port - From gear pump (PGA Port)
d. PA Port - To servocontrol feed unit h. PM Port - From ST1 solenoid valve group
e. PLS Port - From control valve (PLS Port) (A3 Port)
PC75R-2 10-15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10
Section AA-A
Sezione -A Section CC-C
Sezione -C
Section B-B
Sezione B - B
RKP08230
1. Shaft 6. Piston
2. Cradle 7. Cylinder block
3. Case 8. Valve plate
4. Rocker cam 9. Spring
5. Shoe 10. Servo piston
10-16 PC75R-2
FUNCTION
. The engine rotation and torque transmitted to the
pump shaft is converted into hydraulic energy,
and pressurized oil is discharged according to the
load.
. It is possible to change the delivery amount by
changing the swash plate angle.
1 2 3 4 A 5 6 7 8
B a RKP10430
STRUCTURE
. The cylinder block (7) is supported to the shaft (1) . The piston (6) carries out relative motion in the axial
by the spline a, and the shaft (1) is supported by direction inside each cylinder chamber of the cylin-
the front and rear bearings. der block (7).
. Tip of the piston (6) is a concave ball, and shoe (5) . The cylinder block (7) seals the pressure oil to the
is caulked to it to form one unit. The piston (6) and valve plate (8), and carries out relative rotation.
the shoe (5) form a spherical bearing. This surface is so designed that the oil pressure
. The rocker cam (4) has a flat surface A, and the balance is maintained at a suitable level. And oil in-
shoe (5) is always pressed against this surface side each cylinder of the cylinder block (7) is
while sliding in a circular movement. sucked in and discharged through the valve plate
The rocker cam (4) brings high pressure oil at the (8).
cylindrical surface B with the cradle (2), which is se-
cured to the case, and forms a static pressure bear-
ing when it slides.
PC75R-2 10-17
OPERATION
1. Pump operation
1 - The cylinder block (7) rotates together with the 1 4 5 A 7
shaft (1), and the shoe (5) slides on the flat sur-
face «A».
At this time, the rocker cam (4) moves along
the cylindrical surface «B», so the angle «a»
between the center line X of the rocker cam
(4) and the inclination of the cylinder block
(7) in the axial direction changes.
This angle «a» is called the swash plate angle.
␣
2 - When the center line X of the rocker cam (4)
maintains the swash plate angle «a» in rela- X
tion to the axial direction of the cylinder block
(7), the flat surface «A» acts as a cam for the
shoe (5). B RKP10440
By this, the piston (6) slides on the inside of
the cylinder block (7), creates a difference be-
tween capacities E and F, then suction and
discharge of oil for the amount of the differ-
ence (F±E) will be carried out.
In other words, oil is discharged as the capa-
city of the chamber E decreases when the cy- 4 5 A 6 F
linder block (7) rotates.
In the mean time, the capacity of the chamber
F increases, and the oil is sucked at this pro-
cess.
(The figure shows the state of the pump when
suction of the chamber F and discharge of the
chamber E have completed).
3 - When the center line X of the rocker cam (4)
becomes in line with the axial direction of the ␣
cylinder block (7) (swash plate angle = 0),
the difference between capacities of E and F X
inside the cylinder block (7) becomes 0. so
the pump does not carry out any suction or dis-
charge action of oil. 7 E
(In actual fact, the swash plate angle never be- RKP10450
comes 0).
4 - In other words, discharge amount of the pump
is directly proportional to the swash plate an-
gle «a».
F
1 7 E
RKP10460
10-18 PC75R-2
2. Control of Discharge Amount
. As the swash plate angle «a» becomes larger, 2 4
difference between the capacities E and F be-
comes larger, so the discharge amount Q in-
creases.
The swash plate angle «a» is changed by the
servo piston (10).
. The servo piston (10) moves in a linear recipro-
cating motion ( × ) under the signal pressure of
PC and LS valve.
This linear motion is transmitted to the rocker
cam (4), which is supported by the cylindrical
surface of the cradle (2), and the rocker cam
slides in the semi-circular reciprocating direc-
tion ( ).
. The upper and lower pressure receiving area of
the servo piston (10) are different from each RKP10470
other, and to the pressure chamber of the smal-

ler piston side (upper), discharge pressure (self
pressure) PP of the main pump is always intro-
duced.
To the pressure chamber of the larger piston
side (lower), output pressure PEN of the LS valve
is introduced.
Movement of the servo piston (10) is controlled
by the relationship between pressures PP and
PEN and the proportion of the pressure receiving
areas of the smaller and larger pistons.
PC75R-2 10-19
2. PC VALVE, LS VALVE, SERVO PISTON
4 5 6 7 8 a 9 10 11 b
A A
1 B B
e 15 14 d 13 12
Section A
Sezione A-A
-A Section BB-B
Sezione -B
RKP08240
a. PA3 Port - From gear pump (PGA Port) PC VALVE

b. PM Port - From ST1 solenoid valve group 4. Piston
(A3 Port) 5. Spring
c. PA Port - To servocontrol feed unit (P1 Port) 6. Seat
d. PLS Port - From control valve (P1 Port) and 7. Spring
from servocontrol feed unit (P2 Port) 8. Piston
e. PPLS Port - From control valve (PLS Port) 9. Sleeve
10. Piston
11. Union
SERVO PISTON
1. Servo piston
2. Lever LS VALVE
3. Spring 12. Plug
13. Sleeve
14. Spring
15. Piston
10-20 PC75R-2
LS VALVE
FUNCTION
. The LS valve control the pump discharge accord-
ing to the stroke of the control lever, in other words,
the flow demand of the actuator.
(gpm)
Pump discharge amount Q (ᐍ / min)
. The LS valve detects the flow demand of the ac-
tuator from the differential pressure DPLS of the dis-
charge amount of the main pump PPLS (from self
valve) and the outlet pressure of the control valve
PLS, and controls the discharge amount Q of the
main pump. (PPLS, PLS and DPLS are the pump
pressure, LS pressure and LS differential pressure
respectively).
. In other words, the LS valve detects the pressure 21.5 Differential pressure ⌬p (bar)
(311.8) (psi)
loss (LS differential pressure DPLS) generated ac-
cording to pump flow passing through the opening RKP08251
area of the spool of the control valve, and controls

the discharge amount Q of the pump so that the
pressure loss becomes constant. Thus, the dis-
charge amount of the pump is kept proper for the
demand of the control valve.
. To the LS valve, the pump pressure (from self re-
duce valve) P and LS pressure PLS are introduced.
The relationship between the LS differential pres-
sure DPLS and the pump discharge amount Q
changes as shown in the right chart.
PC75R-2 10-21
OPERATION
1. When the control valve is at «NEUTRAL» position
To the actuator
All'utilizzo
PLS
Distributore
Control valve
PPLS
Unità di alimentazione
Self reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
Minimum
Minimo
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
Y 3
PP
PP
a
b 14
PEN d c
1
PLS
PPLS 15
x
(Lato sezione
(Large maggiore)
diameter size)
RKP08260
10-22 PC75R-2
. To the spring chamber a of the LS valve, LS pres-
sure PLS is introduced from the outlet of the control
valve, and to the chamber b at the end of the sleeve
on the opposite side, pump pressure PPLS is intro-
duced through the self reduce valve.
. Position of the piston (15) is determined by the
combined force of LS pressure PLS and force of
the spring (14) and the volume of the pump pres-
sure PPLS.
. Before the engine is started, the servo piston (1) is
pushed to the lower direction (swash plate angle
max. side) by the spring (3).
. When the engine is started, if all the control valves
are at the «NEUTRAL» positions, the LS pressure
PLS becomes 0 cm/cm2 (0 bar (0 psi)) because no
pressure oil flows to the outlet side of the control
valve.
(The spring chamber a is open to the drain circuit
through the spool of the control valve).
At the same time, the pump pressure PPLS is main-
tained at the unload pressure of approx. 27 cm/cm2
(26 bar (377 psi)).
. Therefore, the piston (15) is pushed to the right side
( ), a path is formed between the Ports c and d,
and then the pump pressure PP is led to the cham-
ber X at the large diameter side of the servo piston
from the Port d.
. Though the pump pressure PP is always introduced
to the chamber Y of the small diameter side of the
servo piston (1), because the force to the large dia-
meter side is larger due to the difference of the
areas at two ends of the servo piston (1), the servo
piston (1) is moved to the minimum swash plate an-
gle side ( ).
PC75R-2 10-23
2. When the opening of the control valve is large (lever stroke large)
To the actuator
All'utilizzo
PLS
Distributore
Control valve
PPLS
Unità
Self di alimentazione
reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
Maximum
Massimo
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
Y 3
PP
f PP
a
b 14
PEN ed c
1
PLS
PPLS 15
x
(Large diameter
(Lato sezione size)
maggiore)
RKP08270
10-24 PC75R-2
. When the control lever is moved to full-stroke, in
other words, as the opening area of the control
valve becomes large, the difference of the pump
pressure PPLS and the LS pressure PLS (LS differ-
ential pressure DPLS) becomes smaller.
. LS pressure PLS introduced to the spring chamber
a of the LS valve becomes more or less the same
as the pump pressure PPLS and the piston (15) is
pushed to the left side ( ) by the combined force
of the LS pressure and the spring (14), closing the
Port c and forming a path between the Ports d and
e.
. Therefore, the pressure oil functioning to the cham-
ber X at the large diameter side of the servo piston
(1) flows to the Port e from the Port d, and then to
the Port f of the PC valve.
. At this time, since the Port f of the PS valve is open
to the drain inside the pump case through the in-
side of the piston, pressure in the chamber X of
the large diameter side of the servo piston also be-
comes to the drain pressure.
. By this, the servo piston (1) is moved to the max.
swash plate angle side ( ) by the pump pressure
PP functioning to the chamber Y at the small dia-
meter side.
PC75R-2 10-25
3. When the opening of the control valve is small (lever stroke small)
To the actuator
All'utilizzo
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
Self reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
Minimum
Minimo
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
Y 3
PP
PP
a
b 14
PEN d c
1
PLS
PPLS 15
x
(Large diameter
(Lato sezione size)
maggiore)
RKP08280
10-26 PC75R-2
. When the control lever is fine-controlled or moved
to the «NEUTRAL» position, in other words, as the
opening area of the control valve becomes small,
the difference of the pump pressure PPLS and the
LS pressure PLS (LS differential pressure DPLS) be-
comes larger.
. Function at this time is same as that at "1. When
the control valve is at «NEUTRAL» position, that
is, the pump pressure PPLS pushes the piston (14)
to the right side ( ) and the servo piston (1) is
moved to the minimum swash plate angle side.
In other words, when the control valve is in the
range from the «NEUTRAL» to the opening area
small (fine control), if the LS differential pressure
DPLS is 21.5 cm/cm2 (21 bar (304.6 psi)) (LS setting
differential pressure of the LS valve) and above, the
pump swash plate angle functions to the minimum
side, and if the LS differential pressure DPls
becomes below 21.5 cm/cm2 (21 bar (304.6 psi))
when the control valve opening becomes larger,
the pump swash plate angle functions to the maxi-
mum side.
PC75R-2 10-27
4. When the pump flow is proper the demand of the control valve
To the actuator
All'utilizzo
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
Unità
Self di alimentazione
reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
Hold
Fermo
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
Y 3
PP
A2
f PP
a
b 14
A1
PEN ed c
1
PLS
PPLS 15
x
(Large diameter
(Lato sezione size)
maggiore)
RKP08390
10-28 PC75R-2
. Let us take the pressure receiving area at the large
diameter side of the servo piston (1) as A1, pres-
sure receiving area at the small diameter side as
A2, pressure functioning to the large diameter side
as PEN, and the pressure to the small diameter side
as PP.
. When the pump flow rate reaches the flow demand
of the control valve, the pump pressure PPLS func-
tioning to the Port b of the LS valve balances with
the combined force of the LS pressure PLS func-
tioning to the spring chamber a and the spring
(14), and the piston (15) stops at the center posi-
tion.
. By this, Ports c, d and e open almost equally, and
while flowing to the Port d, a part of the pump pres-
sure from the Port c also flows into the chamber X
at the large diameter side of the servo piston (1)
after reduced to about half pressure by partially
drained into the tank case from the Port e.
. At this time, because the relationship of the pres-
sure receiving areas on the servo piston (1) is
A2 : A1=1 : 2, the pressure functioning to two ends
of the servo piston (1) becomes PP : PEN=2 : 1, so
the forces to the two ends of the servo piston (1) be-
comes 1 : 1, and the servo piston (1) stops at the
position, balancing the flow demand of the control
valve and the pump discharge.
. Spring force is so adjusted that the piston (15)
is balanced when
PPLS ± PLS=DPLS=21.5 cm/cm2 (21 bar (304.6
psi)).
. In other words, the pump discharge is maintained
as the opening area of the control valve by main-
taining the LS differential pressure DPLS as 21.5
cm/cm2 (21 bar (304.6 psi)) because when the
opening area of the control valve is 1/2, the pump
swash plate angle becomes 1/2, and when the
opening area is 1/4, then the pump swash plate an-
gle becomes also 1/4.
. For example, if the opening of the control valve is
moved to 3/4 after the piston balanced with the
opening of 1/4, the LS differential pressure DPLS
once lowers.
So, the LS valve is activated to increase the pump
discharge, and when the pump swash plate angle
rises to 3/4, since the LS differential pressure DPLS
rises to 21.5 cm/cm2 (21 bar (304.6 psi)), the piston
is balanced at this point.
PC75R-2 10-29
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-30 PC75R-2
PC VALVE (Power Control)
FUNCTION
. The PC valve carries out an approximate equal
horse-power control so that the hydraulic horse-
power sucked by the pump does not exceed the en-
gine horse-power by limiting the discharge amount
Q to a specified about in relation with the discharge
pressure PP, even if the LS valve tries to increase
the pump discharge amount Q when the discharge
pressure PP becomes high and opening area of the
control valve is large.
. In other words, when a load becomes large during
operation and the pump discharge pressure PP
rises, the PC valve reduces the pump discharge
amount Q, and when the pump discharge pressure
PP lowers, it increases the pump discharge amount
Q.
. Relationship between the pump discharge pres-
sure PP and the pump discharge amount Q is as
Mode system
Mode system PP
shown in the chart.
Normally, it is set to the pump suction torque of the Mode system
Mode system EE
/min)
amountQQ(ᐍ(/,min)
standard mode, but when a signal from the mode Mode system
Mode systemPPwith
con pompa
switching solenoid valve is inputted, the pump suc- swing pump insotto
di rotazione operation
carico
tion horsepower lowers by approximately 20% as
Portata pompa
Mode system
Mode systemEEwith
con pompa
shown by the light-load mode curve. swing
di pump in
rotazione operation
sotto carico
Pump discharge
. Since the swing pump is mounted directly on the

main pump, when the swing pump is in operation,
suction torque of the main pump is reduced by
the amount sucked by the swing pump so that the
sum of the main pump suction torque and the
swing pump suction torque becomes the total suc-
tion torque (100%). Pump discharge pressure
Pressione pompa PP PP (bar)
(bar)
RKP08400
PC75R-2 10-31
FUNCTION
1. When load on the actuator is large (pump discharge pressure is high)
W
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
Mode switch
Elettrovalvola
Unità di alimentazione solenoid
Mode valve
System
Self reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
PA3
M Swing
Pompa
pump
rotazione
f g
(Small
(Lato diameter
sezione size)
minore)
y
4 5 7
8
PA3
PP
PM
2
PP
e d
PEN
1
PLS
PPLS 15
x
(Large diameter
(Lato sezione size)
maggiore)
RKP08410
10-32 PC75R-2
. When a load on the actuator is large and the pump
discharge pressure PP rises, the piston (8) is
pushed to the left ( ) due to the relationship of
the section areas of S1 and S2 of the piston
(S1>S2).
. By this action, path is formed between the Ports f
and g, at the same time when the pump pressure
PP of flows to the Port f from the Port g, when the
shut out Port f and drain circuit.
. If the LS valve works to increase the pump dis-
charge amount, the spool (15) of the LS valve is
shifted to the left side ( ) and the path is formed
between the Ports d and e.
. Therefore, the pump pressure PP from the Port f of
the PC valve flows to the Port d from the Port e of
the LS valve, enters into the chamber X at the large
diameter side of the servo piston (1), and stops the
movement of the servo piston (1).
. If the pump discharge pressure PP rises further, the
piston (8) moves to the left side ( ), and the servo
piston (1) is shifted to the minimum swash plate an-
gle side ( ) by the pressure in the chamber X at
the large diameter side.
. When the servo piston (1) is shifted to the upper
( ), side, the piston (4) is shifted to the right
( ) side via the lever (2). Because of this, the
springs (5) and (7) move to the contraction side,
and push back the piston (8) to the right side.
. When the piston (8) is pushed back to the right and
the path between the Ports f and g is shut out, the
upward ( ) movement of the servo piston is
stopped.
. At this time, the stopping position of the servo pis-
ton (1) is higher (close to the minimum swash plate
angle side) than that when the pump discharge
pressure is lower.
PC75R-2 10-33
2. When load on the actuator becomes small (pump discharge pressure lowers)
W
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
PM
Selfservocomandi
reduce valve
PP
PA3
M
Swing
Pompa
pump
rotazione
f g
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
Y
5 7
8
PA3
PP
PM
2
PP
e d
PEN
1
PLS
x
(Large
(Lato diameter size)
sezione maggiore)
RKP08420
10-34 PC75R-2
. When the load on the actuator becomes small and
the pump discharge pressure PP lowers, the piston
(8) is pushed to the right ( ) side by the spring
force of the springs (5) and (7).
. By this action, at the same time when the path be-
tween the Ports g and f is shut out, the Port f be-
comes open to the drain circuit.
. At this time, if the LS valve is working to increase
the pump discharge amount, because control of
the PC valve becomes ineffective, pressure oil the
chamber X of the large diameter side of the servo
piston (1) flows from the Port d through the Port e
of the LS valve and drains into the drain circuit from
the Port f of the PC valve.
. Therefore, the servo piston (1) is shifted to the max-
imum swash plate angle ( ) side by the pressure
PP in the chamber Y at the small diameter side.
PC75R-2 10-35
3. When the signal pressure is inputted from the mode switch solenoid valve
When the swing is operated
To the actuator
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
PM
Mode switch
Elettrovalvola
Mode Systemvalve
Self reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
PA3
M Swing
Pompa
pump
rotazione
S3<S4
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
5 7 8
10
PA3
PP
PM
PP
e d
PEN
PLS
PPLS
(Lato sezione
(Large maggiore)
diameter size)
RKP08430
10-36 PC75R-2
When the signal pressure is inputted from the
mode switch solenoid valve
. When the mode switch solenoid valve is turned ON
and the signal pressure PM is inputted into the Port
PM, it activates the piston (10), and the piston (10)
pushes the piston (8) to the left ( ) side.
. By this action, the springs (5) and (7) are contracted
and, because the spring load increases, the pump
suction torque lowers by about swing.
When the swing is operated

. When the swing is not being used, in other words
when no load is applied on the swing pump, the
pump suction torque is same as the standard mode
or the light-load mode.
. Once the swing is activated, thus, a load is applied
on the swing pump, the signal pressure PA3 is in-
putted to the Port PA3, and the piston (8) is pushed
to the left ( ) side according to the volume of the
signal pressure PA3.
. By this action, the springs (5) and (7) are contracted
and, because the spring load increases, the pump
suction torque lowers according to the volume of
the load on the swing pump.
PC75R-2 10-37
4. Function of the spring
PLS
Control valve
Distributore
PPLS
PM
Mode switch
Elettrovalvola
Mode valve
System
Self reduce valve
servocomandi
PP
PA3
M Swing
pump
Pompa
rotazione
(Small diameter
(Lato sezione size)
minore)
4 5 6 7
8
PA3
PP
PM
2
PP
e d
PEN
1
PLS
PPLS
(Large diameter
(Lato sezione size)
maggiore)
RKP08440
10-38 PC75R-2
. The spring load of the springs (5) and (7) in the PC
valve is changed in proportion to the swash plate
angle of the pump.
. As the servo piston (1) moves, the lever (2) moves,
and then the piston (4) moves according to the
semi-rotating movement of the lever (2).
. When the piston (4) moves to the right ( ) side,
the springs (5) and (7) are contracted at first. If
/min)
amountQQ(ᐍ(/,min)
the piston (4) moves further to the right ( ), the
spring (5) touches the seat (6), so only the spring
(7) functions as a spring.
Portata pompa
In other words, the spring load is changed by the
piston (4) expanding/contracting the springs (5)
Pump discharge
and (7).
. The pump absurption torque curve which indicates
the relationship between the pump discharge pres-
sure PP and the discharge amount Q forms a bent
line as shown in the chart because the springs (5)
and (7) have separate spring loads.
. Furthermore, when the signal pressure PM of the
Pump discharge pressure PP (bar)
mode switch solenoid valve is inputted, or when Pressione pompa PP (bar)
the signal pressure PA3 of the swing pump RKP08450
changes, since the springs (5) and (7) are pushed
from the right side by the piston (8), the spring load
changes.
The position where the piston (8) stops, that is the
pump absurption torque, is determined as the posi-
tion where the total pressure of the pump pressure
/min)
min)
PP which applies onto the piston (8), the mode

Q (Qᐍ /(,
switch pressure PM and the swing pump signal

pressure PA3 balances with the spring force of the
amount
Portata pompa
springs (5) and (7). b a

. In other words, as the pump discharge pressure PP
Pump discharge
rises, the pump discharge amount Q reduces, and

as the pump discharge pressure PP lowers, the
pump discharge amount Q increases.
. The pump absurption torque curve which indicates
the relationship between the pump discharge pres-
sure PP and the discharge amount Q is shifted in Pump discharge pressure
Pressione pompa PP PP (bar)
(bar)
parallel from a to b as increase of each signal pres- RKP08460
sure.
PC75R-2 10-39
9-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD)
A
A
D
C B
aa
AA AA
Pr
Pq
M M
Pp
s t Po
L L
Pn Pm
q r
K K
Pl
o p Pk
J J
Pj B m n Pi
H H
Pn k l Pg
G G
Pf j
N i G G
Pe
Pd g Pc
h
F F
Pb
e f Pa
E E xx
c d
BB BB
x
D Ps
u C B
v A
N
ViewAA
Vista
a
View B
Vista B RKP02750
10-40 PC75R-2
a. P1 Port - From servocontrol feed unit (P2 Port) and from pump (PLS Port)
b. P2 Port - From gear pump (PGA Port)
c. A1 Port - To swing motor (MB Port)
d. B1 Port - To swing motor (MA Port)
e. A2 Port - To swivel joint (5 Port)
f. B2 Port - To swivel joint (3 Port)
g. A3 Port - To swivel joint (8 Port)
h. B3 Port - To swivel joint (6 Port)
i. A4 Port - To swivel joint (9 Port)
j B4 Port - To swivel joint (7 Port)
k A5 Port - To boom cylinder (Bottom side)
l. B5 Port - To boom cylinder (Head side)
m. A6 Port - To arm cylinder (Head side)
n. B6 Port - To arm cylinder (Bottom side)
o. A7 Port - To bucket cylinder (Head side)
p. B7 Port - To bucket cylinder (Bottom side)
q. A8 Port - To boom swing cylinder (Head side)
r. B8 Port - To boom swing cylinder (Bottom side)
s. A9 Port - To attachment (L.H. side)
t. B9 Port - To attachment (R.H. side)
u. TSW Port - To swing motor (S Port)
v. TC Port - To oil cooler
x. TB Port - To hydraulic tank
xx. TS Port - To hydraulic tank
aa. PLS Port - To hydraulic pump (PLS Port)
Pa. PA1 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pb. PB1 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (p4 Port)
Pc. PA2 Port - From blade PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pd. PB2 Port - From blade PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pe. PA3 Port - From travel PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pf. PB3 Port - From travel PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pg. PA4 Port - From travel PPC valve (P4 Port)
Ph. PB4 Port - From travel PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pi. PA5 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pj. PB5 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pk. PA6 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pl. PB6 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pm.PA7 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P4 Port)
Pn. PB7 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Po. PA8 Port - From boom swing PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pp. PB8 Port - From boom swing PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pq. PA9 Port - From OP1 solenoid valve group (B Port)
Pr. PB9 Port - From OP1 solenoid valve group (A Port)
Ps. PDB Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
PC75R-2 10-41
10-SPOOL CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD + 2-PIECE BOOM)
A
A
D
C B
aa
AA AA
Pr
Pq
M M
Pu
s t Pt
L L
Pp Po
y w
L L
Pn q r Pm
K K
Pl o Pk
B J J
p
Pj m n Pi
H H
Pn k Pg
G G l
Pf i j Pe
N G G
Pd g h Pc
F F
Pb
e f Pa
E E xx
c d
BB BB
x
D Ps C
v u B
A
N
View A
Vista A
b
a
View
Vista B
B
RKP02760
10-42 PC75R-2
a. P1 Port - From servocontrol feed unit (P2 Port) and from pump (PLS Port)
b. P2 Port - From gear pump (PGA Port)
c. A1 Port - To swing motor (MB Port)
d. B1 Port - To swing motor (MA Port)
e. A2 Port - To swivel joint (5 Port)
f. B2 Port - To swivel joint (3 Port)
g. A3 Port - To swivel joint (8 Port)
h. B3 Port - To swivel joint (6 Port)
i. A4 Port - To swivel joint (9 Port)
j B4 Port - To swivel joint (7 Port)
k A5 Port - To boom cylinder (Bottom side)
l. B5 Port - To boom cylinder (Head side)
m. A6 Port - To arm cylinder (Head side)
n. B6 Port - To arm cylinder (Bottom side)
o. A7 Port - To bucket cylinder (Head side)
p. B7 Port - To bucket cylinder (Bottom side)
q. A8 Port - To boom swing cylinder (Head side)
r. B8 Port - To boom swing cylinder (Bottom side)
s. A9 Port - To optional attachment (L.H. side)
t. B9 Port - To optional attachment (R.H. side)
u. TSW Port - To swing motor (S Port)
v. TC Port - To oil cooler
x. TB Port - To hydraulic tank
y A10 Port - To 2-piece boom cylinder (Head side)
w B10 Port - To 2-piece boom cylinder (Bottom side)
xx. TS Port - To hydraulic tank
aa. PLS Port - To hydraulic pump (PLS Port)
Pa. PA1 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pb. PB1 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P4 Port)
Pc. PA2 Port - From blade PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pd. PB2 Port - From blade PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pe. PA3 Port - From travel PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pf. PB3 Port - From travel PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pg. PA4 Port - From travel PPC valve (P4 Port)
Ph. PB4 Port - From travel PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pi. PA5 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pj. PB5 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pk. PA6 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pl. PB6 Port - From L.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pm.PA7 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P4 Port)
Pn. PB7 Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Po. PA8 Port - From boom swing PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pp. PB8 Port - From boom swing PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pq. PA9 Port - From OP1 solenoid valve group (B Port)
Pr. PB9 Port - From OP1 solenoid valve group (A Port)
Ps. PDB Port - From R.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pt. PA10 Port - From 2-piece boom PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pt. PB10 Port - From 2-piece boom PPC valve (P2 Port)
PC75R-2 10-43
15
14
13
11 12
9 10
7 8
5 6
3 4
1 2
16
Section
Sezione A -A-A
A
RKP02770
1. L.H. travel suction valve (A3 Port) 9. Bucket suction valve (Head side) (A7 Port)
2. L.H. travel suction valve (B3 Port) 10. Bucket suction valve (Bottom side) (B7 Port)
3. R.H. travel suction valve (A4 Port) 11. Boom swing suction valve (Head side) (A8 Port)
4. R.H. travel suction valve (B4 Port) 12. Boom swing suction valve (Bottom side) (B8 Port)
5. Boom suction valve (Bottom side) (A5 Port) 13. Attachment safety valve (R.H. side) (A9 Port)
6. Boom suction valve (Head side) (B5 Port) 14. Attachment safety valve (L.H. side) (B9 Port)
7. Arm suction valve (Head side) (A6 Port) 15. Safety valve
8. Arm suction valve (Bottom side) (B6 Port) 16. Lift check valve
10-44 PC75R-2
10
SectionBB-B
Sezione -B RKP02780
1. Main relief valve (P1 Port) 6. Spool (boom)

2. Spool (swing) 7. Spool (arm)
3. Spool (blade) 8. Spool (bucket)
4. Spool (L.H. travel) 9. Spool (boom swing)
5. Spool (R.H. travel) 10. Spool (attachment)
PC75R-2 10-45
16
7 14
6 13
5 12
4 11
3 10
2 9
1 8
15
17
SectionC C-C
Sezione -C
RKP02790
Flow compensation valve: Reducing pressure compensation valve:

1. L.H. travel 8. L.H. travel
2. R.H. travel 9. R.H. travel
3. Boom 10. Boom
4. Arm 11. Arm
5. Bucket 12. Bucket
6. Boom swing 13. Boom swing
7. Attachment 14. Attachment
15. Main relief valve (P2 Port)
16. Plug
17. Spool (boom raise at joining pump discharge)
10-46 PC75R-2
7
Section D-D
Sezione D - D
RKP02800
1. Swing check valve

2. Blade check valve
3. Boom check valve
4. Arm check valve
5. Bucket check valve
6. Boom swing check valve
7. Attachment check valve
PC75R-2 10-47
2
Section BB
Sezione BB-BB
- BB RKP02820
5 3
4 SectionEE-E
Sezione -E RKP02810

2. Lift check valve
SWING VALVE
3. Spool (swing)
4. Spool (boom raise at joining pump discharge)
5. Check valve (swing)
10-48 PC75R-2
2
3
Section
Sezione AA-AA
AA - AA
RKP02840
6
Section
SezioneF-F
F-F RKP02830
1. Pump pressure detection plug

2. Pressure relief plug
3. LS bypass plug
4. Safety relief valve
BLADE VALVE
5. Spool (blade)
PC75R-2 10-49
1 2
5 4
SectionGG-G
Sezione -G RKP02850
6 7
10 9
SectionHH-H
Sezione -H
RKP02860
L.H. AND R.H. TRAVEL VALVE BOOM VALVE

1. Suction valve (A3 - A4 Port) 6. Suction valve (Head side)
2. Suction valve (B3 - B4 Port) 7. Suction valve (Bottom side)
3. Spool 8. Spool
4. Reducing pressure compensation valve 9. Reducing pressure compensation valve
5. Flow compensation valve 10. Flow compensation valve
10-50 PC75R-2
1 2
RKP02870
5 4
Section
Sezione JJ-J
-J
6 7
RKP02880
10 9
SectionKK-K
Sezione -K
ARM VALVE BUCKET VALVE

1. Suction valve (Head side) 6. Safety valve (Head side)
2. Suction valve (Bottom side) 7. Safety valve (Bottom side)
3. Spool 8. Spool
PC75R-2 10-51
1 2
RKP02890
5 4
Section L-L
Sezione L - L
6
7
10 9
RKP02900
Section M
Sezione M-M
-M
11
RKP02910
Section N-N
Sezione N - N
BOOM SWING VALVE (2-PIECE BOOM VALVE) ATTACHMENT VALVE

1. Suction valve (Head side) 6. Safety valve (R.H. side)
2. Suction valve (Bottom side) 7. Safety valve (L.H. side)
3. Spool 8. Spool
11. Unload valve
10-52 PC75R-2
FUNCTION PRINCIPLE
1. Control of pump swash plate angle
. The pump swash plate angle (pump discharge amount) is so controlled that the LS differential pressure DPLS,
which is the difference between the pump discharge pressure PP and the LS pressure PLS at the outlet Port of
the control valve (actuator load pressure), is maintained at a constant level.
(LS differential pressure DPLS=Pump discharge pressure PP ± LS pressure PLS).
. If the LS differential pressure DPLS becomes lower than the setting pressure of the LS valve, the pump swash
plate angle becomes larger, and if it becomes higher, the pump swash plate angle becomes smaller.
H For the details of this action, refer to the descriptions of "HYDRAULIC PUMP".
Max.
Swash plate angle Q

Actuator
Min.
Control valve
0 LS differential
pressure ∆PLS Set differential
pressure of LS valve
RKP02931
PLS
Pump passage
LS passage
Main pump
PP
Min. Max.
Servo piston
∆ PLS
LS valve
Differential
pressure high Differential
pressure
low
PC valve
Pump pressure Pump pressure

high low
RKP02921
PC75R-2 10-53
2. Pressure compensation control
. Valves (pressure compensation valves) are installed at the inlet Port side of the spools of the control valves to
balance the loads.
When the actuators are complex-operated, the pressure differences DP at the upstream (inlet) and down-
stream (outlet) are made equal by these valves.
In this way, the flow from the pump are distributed in proportion to the opening areas S1 and S2 of each
valve.
Load
Load
W W
Actuator Actuator
∆P ∆P
S1 S2
Pressure Pressure
compensation compensation
valve valve
LS valve RKP02941
10-54 PC75R-2
3. Operation for each function and valve
Hydraulic circuit diagram and names of valves
Ls
300 kg/cm2 1. Unload valve
5 Ls ø0,5 LS pressure+ 24.5 bar (355.3 psi)
9 2. Main relief valve (P1 Port)
200 kg/cm2
A9 265 bar (3843.3 psi))
B9
200 kg/cm2 Attachment 3. Pressure compensation valve
Pa9 Pb9 4. Suction valve
9
3 5. Safety valve
4 294 bar (4263.9 psi)
A10
B10 2-piece boom 6. Main relief valve (P2 Port): 216 bar (3132.6 psi)
Pa10 Pb10
4 7. Lift check valve
3
4 8. Cooler bypass valve
A8 9. Hammer spool safety valve:
B8 Boom swing 196 bar (2842.6 psi)
Pa8 Pb8
4
3
4
A7
B7 Bucket
Pa7 Pb7
4
3 4
A6
B6 Arm
Pa6 Pb6
4
3
4
A5
B5 Boom
Pa5 Pb5
4
3
4
A4
B4
R.H. travel
Pa4 Pb4
4
3
4
A3
B3 L.H. travel
a3 b3
4
3
A2
B2
a2 b2 Blade
P2
220 kg/cm2 6
A1
B1 Swing
a1 b1
TS
PDB
2 1 8 TSW
270 kg/cm2 25 kg/cm2
7 TB
TC
P1
RKP10111
PC75R-2 10-55
1. Unload valve
FUNCTION
1. When the control valve is at «NEUTRAL», pump discharge amount Q for the minimum swash plate angle is re-
leased to the tank circuit.
At this time, the pump discharge pressure PP is set at 24.5 bar (355.3 psi) by the spring (2) inside the valve.
(LS pressure PLS= 0 bar (0 psi)
PP PLS
T
1 2 3
RKP02960
OPERATION
When the control valve is at «NEUTRAL»
. In this way, the pump discharge pressure PP is set
. To two end surfaces of the spool (1), the pump dis-
to 24.5 bar (355.3 psi).
charge pressure PP is acting on the left and the LS
pressure PLS is acting on the right side.
. Since no LS pressure PLS is generated when the
control valve is at «NEUTRAL», only the pump dis-
charge pressure PP is acting, and PP is set only by
the load of the spring (2).
. As the pump discharge pressure PP rises and
reaches the spring load of the spring (2) (24.5 bar
(355.3 psi)), the spool (1) is shifted to the right
( ) side and the pump circuit PP becomes open
to the tank circuit T through the drill holes in the
sleeve (3).
10-56 PC75R-2
2. When the flow demand from the actuator is within the discharge amount for the pump minimum swash angle
plate during fine control of the control valve, the pump discharge pressure PP is set to the LS pressure PLS
+24.5 bar (355.3 psi).
Since the unload valve opens when the differential pressure between the pump discharge pressure PP and the
LS pressure PLS reaches the spring load of the spring (2) (24.5 bar (355.3 psi)), the LS differential pressure
DPLS at this time becomes 24.5 bar (355.3 psi).
PP PLS
T
1 2
RKP02970
OPERATION
Fine control of the control valve
. Thus, the pump discharge pressure PP is set to the
. When the control valve is fine-controlled, the LS
combined pressure of the spring force (24.5 bar
pressure PLS is generated and acts on the right
(355.3 psi)) and the LS pressure PLS, and the LS
end of the spool (1).
differential pressure DPLS becomes 24.5 bar
At this time, since the LS pressure PLS is small be-
(355.3 psi).
cause the opening area of the spool of the control
valve is small, there is big difference from the pump
discharge pressure PP.
. When the differential pressure between the pump
discharge pressure PP and LS pressure PLS
reaches the spring load of the spring (2) (24.5 bar
(355.3 psi)), the spool (1) moves to the right ( )
side and a path is formed between the pump circuit
PP and the tank circuit T.
PC75R-2 10-57
3. When the flow demand from the actuator becomes greater than the pump flow for the minimum swash plate
angle during operation of the control valve, the flow to the tank circuit T is cut off, and all the pump discharge
Q flows into the actuator circuit.
PP PLS
T
1 2
RKP02980
OPERATION
When the control valve is operated
. As the result, the path between the pump circuit PP
. When the control valve is operated to a bigger
and the tank circuit T is shut off, and whole pump
stroke, the LS pressure PLS is generated and acts
discharge Q flows to the actuator circuit.
on the right end surface of the spool (1).
At this time, since the opening area of the spool of
the control valve is large, the difference between
the LS pressure PLS and the pump discharge pres-
sure PP is small.
. For this reason, because the differential pressure
between the pump discharge pressure PP and the
LS pressure PLS noes not reach the spring load of
the spring (2) (24.5 bar (355.3 psi)), the spool (1)
is pushed to the left ( ) side by the spring (2).
10-58 PC75R-2
2. Introduction of LS pressure
FUNCTION
. The LS pressure denotes the actuator load pressure at the outlet Port of the control valve.
. Actually, in the control valves, the pump pressure PP is reduced to the same pressure of the actuator circuit
pressure A by the pressure reducing valve (3) in the pressure compensation valve before introducing into the
LS circuit PLS.
Furthermore, the orifice C is provided in the middle of the circuit from the pump circuit PP to the pressure
reducing valve (3) for damper function.
. In the travel valves, the actuator circuit pressure A is directly introduced into the LS circuit PLS.
A
b
1
a d
PP SA PA 3 PLS1 SLS
2
C 4 PLS
OPERATION
1. Control valves (boom, arm, bucket, boom
swing, attachment)
. Areas of the both ends of the pressure reducing
. When the spool (1) is operated, the pump pres- valve (3) are same (SA=SLS), and on the SA
sure PP starts to flow to the actuator circuit A side, the actuator circuit pressure PA (=A) is
from the flow control valve (2) and the spool acting, and on the opposite SLS side, the re-
notch a through the bridge path b. duced pump pressure PP is acting.
. At the same time, the pressure reducing valve . Therefore the pressure reducing valve (3) bal-
(3) moves to the right ( ) side, so the pump ances at the point where the actuator circuit
pressure PP introduced from the orifice c is de- pressure PA and the spring chamber pressure
pressurized by the pressure loss at the notch d PLS1 are balanced, and the pump pressure PP
and introduced to the LS circuit PLS, and then, reduced by the notch d is introduced to the LS
further introduced to the spring chamber PLS1. circuit PLS as the actuator circuit pressure A.
. At this time, the LS circuit PLS is open to the
tank circuit T through the LS bypass plug (4) (re-
fer to the description of the LS bypass plug).
PC75R-2 10-59
A
b
a d
PP 2 PA 3
e PLS
RKP03000
2. Travel valves
. When the spool (1) is operated, the pump pres-
sure PP starts to flow to the actuator circuit A
from the flow control valve (2) and the spool
notch a through the bridge path b.
. At the same time, the pressure reducing valve
(3) is moved to the right ( ) side by the actua-
tor circuit PA, and paths are made between the
notches c and d to the travel path circuit e and
the LS circuit PLS respectively.
. By this, the actuator circuit pressure PA (=A) is
introduced to the LS circuit PLS from the notch c
through the notch d.
H In the travel circuits, unlike the work equipment
circuits, the actuator circuit pressure PA is di-
rectly introduced to the LS circuit PLS.
10-60 PC75R-2
3. LS bypass plug
DESCRIPTION
1 - The LS bypass plug releases the residual pressure of the LS pressure PLS.
2 - This makes the pressure-rising speed of the LS pressure PLS more gentle, and with this discarded throttled
flow, it creases a pressure loss in the throttled amount of the spool or shuttle valve and increases the stability
to lowering the effective LS differential pressure.
1 T
PLS
RKP03010
OPERATION
. The pressurized oil in the LS circuit PLS flows from

the clearance filter a, which is formed by the clear-
ance between the LS bypass plug (1) and the body,
to the tank circuit T through the orifice b.
PC75R-2 10-61
4. Pressure compensation valve
FUNCTION
1. During complex operation, if the load pressure at one side becomes lower than that of the other actuator and
the oil flow is about to increase, pressure compensation is carried out.
(In this case, the other actuator (right side) of the complex operation has higher load pressure than that of this
side (left side).
W W
A A
PA
PPA
a a
T
PLS1
PPA PA
2 1
PP
PLS PP
RKP03020
OPERATION
. The flow control valve and the pressure reducing
. During complex operation, when the load pressure
valve (1) are balanced at the point where the differ-
of the other actuator side (right side) becomes high-
ential pressure between PA and PLS, which act on
er, the flow in the actuator circuit A at this (left) side
the both end surfaces of the pressure reducing
tends to increase.
valve (1), becomes equal to the pressure loss in be-
. In this case, the LS pressure PLS at the other actua- tween PP and PPA before and after the flow control
tor acts on the spring chamber PLS1, and pushes valve (2).
the pressure reducing valve (1) and the flow control
. By this operation, the differential pressures be-
valve (2) to the left ( )side.
tween the upstream pressure PPA and the down
. The flow control valve (2) throttles the opening area stream pressure PA of both spools in the complex
between the pump circuit PP and the upstream side operation are made same, and the pump flow is
of the spool PPA, and generates a pressure loss in distributed in proportion to the opening areas of
between PP and PPA. notches a of each spool.
10-62 PC75R-2
5. Area ratio of pressure compensation valve
FUNCTION
. The pressure compensation valve determines the compensation characteristics by carrying out fine adjustment
of the area ratio (S1/S2) between the area S1 of the flow control valve (2) side and the area S2 of the pressure
reducing valve (1) side to match the characteristics of each actuator.
S1=Area of the flow control valve (2) ± Area of the piston (3)
S2=Area of the pressure reducing valve (1) ± Area of the piston (3)
S1 PPB PP 2 1 PA 3 S2
PLS
RKP03030
Area ratio (S1/S2) and compensation characteristics

. When the ratio is 1.00:
[Pump pressure PP - Upstream pressure of the spool notch PPB]6[LS circuit pressure PLS - Actuator circuit pres-
sure PA (=A)].
Thus, the flow is distributed in proportion of opening areas of the spool.
. When the ratio is larger than 1.00 : PP ± PPB>PLS ± PA (=A)
Thus, the flow is divided less than the proportion of opening areas of the spool.
. When the ratio is smaller than 1.00 : PP ± PPB<PLS ± PA
Thus, the flow is divided more than the proportion of opening areas of the spool.
PC75R-2 10-63
6. L.H. and R.H. travel path circuit
FUNCTION
. In order to compensate the flow difference between the L.H. and R.H. travel circuits at a time of straight travel,
the path will open between the circuits by operating the L.H. and R.H. travel spools.
By this operation, the flow to the L.H. and R.H. travel motors at a time of straight travel are maintained almost
equal, eliminating curving.
. When the steering is operated, the pressure reducing valve of the travel valve inside the steering is returned by
the difference between the load pressures, the path is closed, enabling the steering operation.
L.H. travel R.H. travel
Left A Left PA Right A Right PA
1 1
T T
PLS
3 2 2
a
a
PP
PP 3
b c
RKP03041
OPERATION
Straight travel
. By operating the L.H. and R.H. travel spools (1), the
pump discharge flows from the pump circuit PP and
the circuit PA to the actuator circuit A.
. When the travel straight is operated, since the ac-
tuator circuits PA's are made equal pressure, the
left and right pressure reducing valves (2) are
pushed to the right ( ) side by the same stroke,
and the notch a and the path circuit are made open.
. By this, the L.H. and R.H. travel actuator circuits
are connected by the path, and when a difference
is generated in the flows to the L.H. and R.H. travel
motors, the difference is compensated to prevent
curving.
10-64 PC75R-2
L.H. travel R.H. travel
Left A Left PA Right A Right PA
1 1
T T
PLS
3 2 2
a
a
PP
PP 3
b c
RKP03051
When the travel steering is operated

. During the straight travel status, if the L.H. travel
spool (L.H. 1) is returned to the NEUTRAL side to
operate the steering, difference is generated be-
tween the L.H. and R.H. travel actuator circuits
PA's (R.H. A > L.H. A), and the LS pressure PLS
becomes the same as R.H. A which has the higher
load pressure.
. By this action, the flow control valve (3) at the L.H.
travel side is pushed to the left ( ) by the LS cir-
cuit PLS, i.e. the load pressure R.H. A of the R.H.
travel, and the opening of the notch a at the left
side is closed, shutting off the path between the
L.H. and R.H. travel circuits, enabling steering op-
eration.
. Furthermore, the damper b is provided to ease the
transient characteristics of rapid opening/closing of
the path circuit when the spool is rapidly operated.
PC75R-2 10-65
7. Travel LS bypass circuit
FUNCTION
. When the travel and another actuator are operated at the same time, by increasing the LS throttle amount in the
LS circuit PLS which is discarded, and relaxing the pressure compensation precision in the travel circuit, drop in
the travel speed is minimized.
. The bypass circuit is closed when the travel or another actuator is operated individually.
A1 1 A2 PA
PLS
PLS1
a
PB 4
2 c
RKP03060
OPERATION
Normal operation
. When the boom spool (1) is operated, the pressure
in the LS circuit PLS becomes same as the boom
circuit pressure A1.
. At the same time, the LS circuit pressure PLS is also
introduced to the spring chamber PLS1 of the pres-
sure reducing valve (2) in the travel valve.
. Since the travel spool is not operated, the travel ac-
tuator circuit is closed, and the check valve (4) in
the reducing valve (2) is also closed.
. Thus, during individual operation of the boom, the
travel LS bypass circuit is closed.
10-66 PC75R-2
A1 1 A2 PA
PLS
PLS1
a
PB 4
2 c
RKP03070
When the travel and another actuator are operated

together
. When the boom spool (1) is operated, the pressure . Thus, the LS circuit pressure PLS, which has been
in the LS circuit PLS becomes same as the boom the same as the boom circuit pressure A1, flows
circuit pressure A1. to the travel circuit A2 and lowers.
. Since the pressure in the boom RAISE actuator cir-
cuit is normally higher than that of the travel actua-
tor (A1>A2), the pressure in the spring chamber
PLS1 in the reducing valve (2) at the travel side is
higher than the travel circuit pressure (PA).
. Therefore, the pressure reducing valve (2) moves to
the left ( ) side, and the LS pressure in the spring
chamber PLS1 from the orifice a pushes and opens
the check valve (4), and flows to the travel circuit PA
through the path b and the path c.
PC75R-2 10-67
8. Boom and arm regeneration circuit
FUNCTION (Explanation by boom)

1. When the boom is being lowered, if the bottom pressure A of the cylinder (1) is higher than the head pressure
B, and there is hydraulic drift, this sends the return flow at the bottom end to the head end to increase the cy-
linder speed by that amount.
1
B
A
4
2
T
3
a
PP PLS
RKP03080
OPERATION
. When there is hydraulic drift when lowering the
boom, the pressure A at the bottom end of the
boom cylinder (1) becomes higher than the pres-
sure B at the head end.
. At this time, a part of the return flow at the bottom
end passes the regeneration passage a of the
boom spool (2), pushes the check valve (3) open,
and flows to the head end.
. As the result, the boom lowering speed is in-
creased.
10-68 PC75R-2
2. When lowering the boom, if the head pressure B of the cylinder (1) is greater than the bottom pressure A, and
the operation is in the load process, the check valve (3) closes to shut off the circuit between the head and the
bottom sides.
B
A
4
2
T
3
a
PLS
PP
RKP03090
OPERATION
. During a load process such as lowering the boom,

etc., the pressure B at the head side of the boom
cylinder (1) becomes higher than the pressure A
at the bottom side.
. At this time, the check valve (3) is closed by the
pressure B at the head side and the spring (4),
and the passage between the head circuit and
the bottom circuit is shut off.
PC75R-2 10-69
SWING MOTOR
a A
B
C C
B A
b c
RKP08470
a. S Port- From control valve (TSW Port) SPECIFICATIONS

b. T Port - To hydraulic tank Type: LMF40AB-2
c. B Port - From ST1 solenoid valve group Motor capacity: 40.8 cc/rev
(A1 Port) Rated speed: 1500 rpm
d. MB Port - From control valve (A1 Port) Safety valve set pressure: 206 bar
e. MA Port - From control valve (B1 Port) (2987.6 psi)
Suction valve cracking pressure: max. 0.3 bar
(4.35 psi)
Brake releasing pressure: 18.1w2.5 bar
(262.5w36.25 psi)
10-70 PC75R-2
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Section B-B
Sezione B - B
13 12 11 10
Section AA-A
Sezione -A
Section C-C RKP08480

Sezione C - C
1. Output shaft 8. Valve plate

2. Case 9. End cover
3. Thrust plate 10. Brake spring
4. Shoe 11. Brake piston
5. Piston 12. Disc
6. Center spring 13. Plate
7. Cylinder 14. Safety valve with suction
PC75R-2 10-71
SAFETY VALVE WITH SUCTION
FUNCTION
. When swing operation is stopped, outlet circuit of
the motor is closed by the control valve. However,
the motor will run for a while by inertial force, so
pressure at the outlet side of the motor will abnor-
mally rise, which may cause damage to the motor.
. To avoid such danger, the safety valve releases the
abnormally high pressure oil from the outlet side of
the motor to the Port S, as well as performing swing
brake function.
. The suction valve supplies oil of equivalent amount
to the oil released by the safety valve from the Port
S to the inlet side of the motor to avoid cavitation.
S
OPERATION
1. When swing starts
. When the swing control lever is operated to SWING
LEFT, pressure oil from the pump will be sent to the
Port MA through the control valve.
. By this, pressure in the Port MA rises, which gener- MB MA
ates starting force to the motor, and the motor
starts to run.
. Oil coming out of the outlet Port returns to the tank Control valve
Distributore
from the Port MB though the control valve. RKP08490
2. When swing stops

. When the swing control lever is returned to the
NEUTRAL position, pressure oil from the control
valve is not sent to the Port MA.
At the same time, return circuit for the oil coming
out of the outlet of the motor to the tank is shut 1 2
off by the control valve.
. At the Port MB, pressure rises, which generates ro-
tational resistance to the motor, which then acts as
braking force to the motor.
. When the pressure at the Port MB reaches the set
pressure of the safety valve (1), B of the safety
valve (1) opens to release the pressure oil in the
Port MB to the Port S.
. At the Port MA, since the motor runs without being
supplied with pressure oil, negative pressure will
be generated. S
When this negative pressure lowers to the set pres-
sure of the suction valve (2), the suction valve (2)
opens and oil is sent from the Port S to avoid cavi-
tation.
MB MA
Control valve
Distributore
RKP08500
10-72 PC75R-2
SWING BRAKE
OPERATION
Servocontrol
Unità di
alimentazione
feed unit
1. When swing brake solenoid valve is deactivated servocomandi
. When the swing brake solenoid valve is deacti-

vated, the pressurized oil from the servocontrol Deactivated
Non eccitata
feed unit is shut off and Port B is connected to M
the tank circuit.
Swing brake freno
Elettrovalvola
. Because of this, brake piston (11) is pushed down disolenoid valve
rotazione
in the direction of the arrow by brake spring (10),
so disc (12) and plate (13) are pushed together
10
and the brake is applied.
11
a 12
A 13
RKP08510
2. When swing brake solenoid valve is excited Unità di

Servocontrol
alimentazione
. When the swing brake solenoid valve is excited, the feed unit
servocomandi
valve is switched, and the pressurized oil from the
servocontrol feed unit enters Port B and flows to
brake chamber a. Excited
Eccitata M
. The pressurized oil entering chamber a overcomes
the force of brake spring (10), and brake piston (11) Elettrovalvola
Swing brake freno
is pushed up in the direction of the arrow. solenoid
di valve
rotazione
. Because of this, disc (12) and plate (13) separate, 10
and the brake is released.
11
a 12
A 13
RKP08520
PC75R-2 10-73
CENTER SWIVEL JOINT
Front
Fronteofmacchina
machine
2 1 Inlet
Asse axis
ingressi
2A-4A
2A-4A
3
2a 6a
8a
4
9A
5 3a
7A 1a
8A
5A
6A Inlet axis
Asse ingressi
4A 6A-8A
6A-8A Inletingressi
Asse axis
7A-9A
7A-9A
6
3A 9a
7 4a
7a
2A 5a
8
AsseInlet
ingressi
axis
1A 1A-3A-5A
1A-3A-5A
10
View
Vista X
X
9 1. Screw RKP10480
2. Grease nipple
3. Cover
4. Guard ring
X 5. O-Ring
6. Seal
FUNCTION
7. Rotor
1. Not used
8. O-Ring
2. Travel acceleration
9. Body
3. Blade raise
10. Guard ring
4. Drain
5. Blade lower
6. L.H. travel forward
7. R.H. travel reverse
8. L.H. travel reverse
9. R.H. travel forward
1A. Not used 1a. Not used
2A. From ST1 solenoid valve group (B2 Port) 2a. To travel motors (D Port)
3A. From control valve (B2 Port) 3a. To blade safety valve (V1 Port)
4A. To hydraulic tank 4a. From travel motors (C1 Port)
5A. From control valve (A2 Port) 5a. To blade safety valve (V2 Port)
6A. From control valve (B3 Port) 6a. To L.H. travel motor (A Port)
7A. From control valve (B4 Port) 7a. To R.H. travel motor (A Port)
8A. From control valve (A3 Port) 8a. To L.H. travel motor (B Port)
9A. From control valve (A4 Port) 9a. To R.H. travel motor (B Port)
10-74 PC75R-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC75R-2 10-75
TRAVEL MOTOR
a b
d c
RKP08530
a. C1 Port - L.H. travel motor: SPECIFICATIONS

To swivel joint (4a Port) Type: GMO9VL2-B
b. A Port - R.H. travel motor: Hydraulic motor
From swivel joint (7a Port) Motor capacity: Hi speed: 26 rev.
L.H. travel motor: Lo speed: 37 rev.
From swivel joint (6a Port)
Max. working pressure: 314 bar (4554 psi)
c. B Port - R.H. travel motor:
From swivel joint (9a Port) Brake releasing pressure: 4.5 bar (65.3 psi)
L.H. travel motor: Hi-Lo switching pressure: 38.5 bar (558.4 psi)
From swivel joint (8a Port) Final drive
d. C2 Port - R.H. travel motor: Number of revolution: 1 ± 62.4
From swivel joint (4a Port)
e. D Port - From swivel joint (2a Port)
10-76 PC75R-2
1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 12
15
16
17
5
19
29
20
28
30 18
4 3
26 27 25 24 23 22 21
RKP08540
1. Check valve spring 11. Swash plate 21. Center shaft

2. Check valve 12. Crank shaft 22. Case
3. Counterbalance valve 13. RVA gear 23. Regulator piston
4. Return spring 14. RVB gear 24. Spindle
5. End cap 15. Cover 25. Floating seal
6. Regulator valve 16. Driven gear 26. Plate
7. Spring 17. Drive gear 27. Disc
8. Brake piston 18. Drain plug 28. Brake spring
9. Cylinder 19. Shaft 29. Valve plate
10. Piston 20. Coupling 30. Check valve
PC75R-2 10-77
PARKING BRAKE
OPERATION
1. When starting to travel 11 27 28
When the travel lever is operated, the pressurized
oil from the pump actuates counterbalance valve
spool (5), the circuit to the parking brake is opened,
and opened check valve and the oil flows into
chamber a of brake piston (11), overcomes the
force of spring (10), and pushes piston (11) to the
left ( ) in the direction of the arrow.
When this happens, the force pushing plate (27)
and disc (28) together is lost, so plate (27) and disc
(28) separate and the brake is released.
10 a
5
Control valve
Distributore
M RKP08550
2- When stopping travel

When the travel lever is placed in neutral, counter-
balance valve spool (5) returns to the neutral posi-
tion and the circuit to the parking brake is closed. 11 27 28
The pressurized oil in chamber a of brake piston
(11) is drained to the case from the orifice of check
valve in the brake piston, and brake piston (11) is
pushed to the right ( ) in the direction of the
discs (27) and (28).
As a result the brake is applied.
10 a
5
Control valve
Distributore
M RKP08560
10-78 PC75R-2
BRAKE VALVE
. The brake valve consist of a check valve and coun-

terbalance valve in a circuit as shown in the dia- Control valve
Distributore
gram on the right. (Fig. 1)
. The function and operation of each component is
as given below.
Check
Valvola
1. Counterbalance valve, check valve divalve
ritegno
FUNCTION
. When travelling down a slope, the weight of the ma-
chine makes it try to travel faster than the speed of Valvola
Counterbalance
the motor. di frenatura
valve
As a result, if the machine travels with the engine at
low speed, the motor will rotate without load and
will run away, which is extremely dangerous.
To prevent this, these valves act to make the ma-
chine travel according to the engine speed (pump RKP08570
discharge volume). Fig. 1
Operation when pressure is supplied Control valve

Distributore
. When the travel lever is operated, the pressurized
oil from the control valve is supplied to Port PA. It PB
PA
pushes open check valve (2a) and flows from motor 2a 2b
inlet Port MA to motor outlet Port MB.
However, the motor outlet Port is closed by check
valve (2b) and spool (5), so the pressure at the sup- 5
ply side rises. (Fig. 2).
. The pressurized oil at the supply side flows from or-
ifice E1 in spool (5) to chamber S1, and when the
pressure in chamber S1 goes above the spool MA MB
switching pressure, spool (5) is pushed to the right
in the direction of the arrow.
As a result, Port MB and Port PB are connected,
the outlet Port side of the motor is opened, and
the motor starts to rotate. (Fig. 3). RKP08580
Fig. 2
Control valve
Distributore
PB
PA
E1 5
MA MB
S1 6
RKP08590
Fig. 3
PC75R-2 10-79
Operation of brake when travelling downhill Control valve
Distributore
. If the machine tries to run away when travelling
downhill, the motor will turn under no load, so the PB
PA
pressure at the motor inlet Port will drop, and the
pressure in chamber S1 through orifice E1 will also
drop. E1 5
When the pressure in chamber S1 drops below the
spool switching pressure, spool (5) is returned to
the left in the direction of the arrow by spring (6),
and outlet Port MB is throttled.
As a result, the pressure at the outlet Port side
rises, resistance is generated to the rotation of MA MB
the motor, and prevents running away. S1
In other words, the spool is moved to a position
where the pressure at outlet Port MB balances
the pressure at the inlet Port and the force gener-
ated by the weight of the machine. RKP08600
It throttles the outlet Port circuit and controls the

speed according to the discharge volume of the Fig. 4
pump.
10-80 PC75R-2
TRAVEL MOTOR
OPERATION
1) At lo speed (motor rocker cam angle at maximum).
7 8 c 9
Brake valve
32 Travel speed
solenoid valve (Y6)
Control valve
Self reducing p 14 24 a
pressure
M
RKP08611
. The solenoid valve Y6 is deactivated, so the pilot

pressure oil from the self reducing valve does not
flow to Port D.
For this reason, regulator valve (8) is pushed to the
left in the direction of the arrow by spring (9).
Because of this, it pushed check valve (32), and the
main pressure oil from the control valve to end cov-
er (7) is closed for regulator valve (8).
. The pressurized oil in chamber a at regulator piston
(24) at the bottom passes through orifice b in regu-
lator valve (8) and is drained to the motor case.
PC75R-2 10-81
2) At High speed (motor rocker cam angle at minimum)
7 8 c
Brake valve
32 Travel speed
solenoid valve (Y6)
Control valve
Self reducing 14 24 a
pressure
M
RKP08621
. The solenoid valve Y6 is excited, so the pilot pres-

sure oil from the charging pump flows to Port D,
and pushed regulator valve (8) is pushed to the
right in the direction of the arrow.
. Because of this, the main pressure oil from the con-
trol valve passes through passage c in regulator
valve (8), enters regulator piston (24) at the bottom,
and pushes regulator piston (24) to the left in the di-
rection of the arrow.
. As a result, rocker cam (14) moves in the minimum
swash plate angle direction, the motor capacity be-
comes minimum, and the system is set to Hi speed.
10-82 PC75R-2
REDUCTION GEAR
FUNCTION
This reduction gear is composed of spur reduction
gears (First Reduction) and differential reduction 1
gears (Second Reduction).
3
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
1. First Reduction 2 3
Function
At the below and left figure, the rotating motion on
hydraulic motor is transmitted to the input gear (2) 3
RKP08630
of First Reduction. Then three spur gears (3) en-
gaged with the input gear (2) rotate with reducing
the rotating speed. Gear ratio of First Reduction is
described as the following.
i1=± Zi/Zs 4
Zi=No, of teeth if input gear
Zs=No, of teeth of spur gear
2. Second reduction
Three spur gears are connected severally to the 3
three crank shaft (4). These crank shafts are input
of Second Reduction..
RV gear (5) (6) are fitted up the eccentric crank
shaft through bearings. According to rotating of 6
the crank shaft, RV gears revolve (eccentric mo- 5 RKP08840
tion) along pin-gears (7) within hub. As these
crank shafts are supported by spindle, hub totates
with reducing the speed. Gear ratio of Second Re-
duction is described as the following.
i2=(ZP ± ZR)/ZP 7
ZP=No, of pin 24
1
2
ZR=No, of teeth of RV gear

23 3
22 4
Total gear ratio of this reduction gear is described 8

as the following.
i=i1 x i2=± Zi/Zs x (ZP ± ZR)/ZP
360° 360°
------------ ------------
24 1
2x24 23
24
1 24
23 2 2
22
22 3
3
4
4
Crank shaft di
Rotazione rotation
180° Crank shaft di
Rotazione rotation
360°
of 180ë
dell'albero eccentrico of 360ë
dell'albero eccentrico
RKP08650
PC75R-2 10-83
CYLINDERS
BOOM
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12
1
19 18 17 16 15 14 RKP08710
ARM
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 RKP08720
BUCKET
2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 12
1
RKP08730
19 18 17 16 15 14
10-84 PC75R-2
BOOM SWING, BLADE, 2-PIECE BOOM
(H The figure shows the blade cylinder)
2 3 4 5 6 8 9 20 12
1
RKP08740
19 18 17 16 14 15
1. Head bushing 8. Washer 15. Washer

2. Guard ring 9. Wear ring 16. Cylinder
3. Washer 10. Nut 17. Head-piece
4. Washer 11. Bottom cushion plunger 18. Washer
5. Wear ring 12. Bottom side bushing 19. Coupling flange
6. Piston rod 13. Ball (No. 12) 20. Half-flange (No. 2)
7. Head cushion plunger 14. Piston
Cylinder Boom 2-piece boom Arm Bucket Boom swing Blade

Piston rod 70 mm 50 mm 60 mm 55 mm 60 mm 60 mm
diameter (2.758 in) (1.97 in.) (2.364 in.) (2.167 in.) (2.364 in.) (2.364 in.)
Cylinder inside 110 mm 90 mm 95 mm 85 mm 100 mm 120 mm
diameter (4.334 in.) (3.546 in.) (3.743 in.) (3.349 in.) (3.94 in.) (4.728 in.)
765 mm 580 mm 905 mm 730 mm 650 mm 215 mm
Piston stroke
(30.141 in.) (22.852 in.) (35.657 in.) (28.762 in.) (25.61 in.) (8.471 in.)
Max. cylinder 1965 mm 1510 mm 2245 mm 1810 mm 1650 mm 790 mm
length (77.421 in.) (59.494 in.) (88.453 in.) (71.314 in.) (65.01 in.) (31.126 in.)
Min. cylinder 1200 mm 930 mm 1340 mm 1080 mm 1000 mm 575 mm
length (47.28 in.) (36.642 in.) (52.796 in.) (42.552 in.) (39.4 in.) (22.655 in.)
Piston nut width 70 mm 55 mm
Ð Ð Ð Ð
across flat (2.758 in) (2.167 in.)
PC75R-2 10-85
SERVOCONTROL FEED UNIT
a
B
A A
c
RKP03960
a. P2 Port - To control valve (P1 Port)

b. PR Port - To ST1 solenoid valve group
(P Port)
c. T Port - To hydraulic tank
10-86 PC75R-2
2
11 6 5 4
Detail Z Z
Particolare
1
8 7 Z
Section A-A
Sezione A -A
10 9
Section B
Sezione B-B
-B RKP03970
1. Pump case
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Screw
5. Poppet
6. Spring (reducing valve pilot)
7. Spring (reducing valve main)
8. Spool (reducing valve)
9. Spring (safety valve)
10. Ball
11. Filter
PC75R-2 10-87
OPERATION
1. When engine is stopped
PC
. Poppet (5) is pushed against the seat by spring
(6), and the passage from Port PR T is P1 P2
closed.
. Valve (8) is pushed to the left by spring (7), and
the passage from Port P1 PR is open.
. Valve (2) is pushed to the left by spring (3), so
the passage between Port P1 P2 is closed.
(See Fig. 1)
T
PR
Hydraulic diagram
RKP03861
Control valve
P2
PC 2 3
P1
PR
8 7 5 6
PC valve PPC valve
LS valve
Fig. 1 RKP03871
10-88 PC75R-2
2. At neutral
3. When load pressure P2 is low (when moving Control valve
down under own weight (boom LOWER or arm P2

IN)
PC d 2 3
Note: When load pressure P2 is lower than output
pressure PR of the self-reducing pressure
valve.
. Valve (2) receives force in the direction to close P1
the passage from Port P1 P2 from spring (3)
and pressure PR (when the engine is stopped,
the pressure is 0 bar (0 psi)).
However, when hydraulic oil flows in from Port T
P1, the pressure is balanced so that pressure
P16 force of spring (3) + (area ùd x pressure
PR), and the opening from Port P1 P2 is ad-
justed so that pressure P1 is kept at a certain
value above pressure PR.
PR
. When pressure PR goes above the set pres-
8 a 7 5
sure, poppet (5) opens, and the hydraulic oil
flows in the following circuit: Port PR hole
a inside spool (8) opening of poppet (5)
tank Port T.
As a result, a pressure difference is created on M
both sides of hole a inside spool (8), so spool (8)
moves in the direction to close the opening from PC valve PPC valve
Port P1 PR.
LS valve
Pressure P1 is reduced to a certain pressure
(set pressure) by the amount of opening at this RKP03881
point, and is supplied as pressure PR. Fig. 2

(See Fig. 2)
Control valve
4. When load pressure P2 is high P2
If load pressure P2 increases and the pump dis- PC d 2 3
charge amount also increases because of digging
operations, pressure P1 also increases (pressure
P1> force of spring (7) + (area ùd x pressure
PR), so valve (2) moves to the right to the end of P1
the stroke.
As a result, the amount of opening from Port
P1 P2 increases and the resistance in the pas-
sage is reduced, so the loss of engine horsepower T
is reduced.
. If pressure PR goes above the set pressure,
poppet (5) opens and the hydraulic oil flows in
the following circuit: Port PR hole a in-
side spool (8) a opening of poppet (5)
tank Port T. PR
As a result, a pressure difference is created on 8 a 7 5
both sides of hole a is inside spool (8), so spool
(8) moves in the direction to close the opening
from Port P1 PR.
Pressure P1 is reduced to a certain pressure M
(set pressure) by the amount of opening at this
point, and is supplied as pressure PR. PC valve PPC valve
(See Fig. 3)
LS valve
RKP03891
Fig. 3
PC75R-2 10-89
5. When there is abnormal high pressure
When pressure PR of the self-reducing pressure
valve becomes abnormally high, ball (10) pushes
against the force of spring (9), separates from
the seat, and allows hydraulic oil to flow from out- M
put Port PR T, so pressure PR goes down.
This action protects the equipment at the destina-
tion for the hydraulic pressure supply (PPC valve, PPC valve
electromagnetic valve, etc.) from abnormally high
pressure. (See Fig. 4) PR P1 T
10 9
RKP03901
Fig. 4
10-90 PC75R-2
ACCUMULATOR
RKP03910
TECHNICAL DATA FUNCTION

. A rubber bag (1) containing nitrogen gas is used in
Servocontrol feed group:
the accumulator. Its function is to maintain oil pres-
Nominal volume: 0.35 , sure in the circuit to which the accumulator is con-
Pre-set pressure: 12 1 kg/cm2 nected.
Working pressure: 35 ± 45 kg/cm2
OPERATION
. When the engine is running, the chamber A of the

rubber bag (1) (containing nitrogen) is compressed
by the pressurized oil from line B.
. If the oil pressure in line B falls below the maximum
calibration pressure (even after intensive use), the
rubber bag (1) will expand due to the pressure of
the nitrogen inside it.
PC75R-2 10-91
PPC VALVE
WORK EQUIPMENT
a b
d c
E E
D D
e
B f
A C
C A RKP01070
L.H. PPC VALVE R.H. PPC VALVE

a. P2 Port - To control valve (PB6 port) a. P2 Port - To control valve (PA5 port)
(arm close) (boom raise)
b. P4 Port - To control valve (PB1 port) b. P4 Port - To control valve (PA7 port)
(R.H. swing) (bucket open)
c. P1 Port - To control valve (PA6 port) c. P1 Port - To control valve (PB5 port)
(arm open) (boom lower)
d. P3 Port - To control valve (PA1 port) d. P3 Port - To control valve (PB7 port)
(L.H. swing) (bucket close)
e. T Port - To ST1 solenoid valve e. T Port - To ST1 solenoid valve
(T port) (T port)
f. P Port - From ST1 solenoid valve f. P Port - From ST1 solenoid valve
(A4 port) (A4 port)
10-92 PC75R-2
6
5 7
4
8
3
9
2 10
Section A-A
Sezione A - A
Section B-B
Sezione B - B
Section DD-D
Sezione -D
Section C-C
Sezione C - C
Section EE-E
Sezione -E
RKP01080
1. Spool 7. Joint
2. Adjusting spring (internal) 8. Cover
3. Return spring (external) 9. Pin
4. Plunger 10. Body
5. Disc
6. Nut
PC75R-2 10-93
FUNCTION
1. At neutral
Ports A and B of the control valve and ports P1 and
P2 of the PPC valve are connected to drain cham-
ber D through fine control hole f in spool (1). (Fig. 1)
D
f T
P
1
P3 (P1) P4 (P2)
A Control valve
B
RKP01091
Fig. 1
2. During fine control (NEUTRAL fine control)

When piston (4) starts to be pushed by disc (5), re-
tainer (7) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-
tering spring (2), and moves down.
When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off
from drain chamber D, and at almost the same
time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber 5
PP, so pilot pressure oil from the control pump
passes through fine control hole f and goes from 4
port P1 to port A.
When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, 3
spool (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is
shut off from pump pressure chamber PP. 2
At almost the same time, it is connected to drain D
chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. f T
When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so
that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with P
the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po-
sition of spool (1) and body (8) (fine control hole f is
at a point midway between drain hole D and pump 1 PP
pressure chamber PP) does not change until retai- 10
ner (7) contacts spool (1). P1 P2
Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro-
portionally to the amount of movement of the con-
trol lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in
proportion to the travel of the control lever. In this
A B
Control valve
way, the control valve spool moves to a position
where the pressure in chamber A (the same as
RKP01101
pressure at port P1) and the force of the control
valve spool return spring are balanced. (Fig. 2) Fig. 2
10-94 PC75R-2
3. During fine control (when the lever is returned)
When disc (5) starts to be returned, spool (1) is
pushed up by the force of centering spring (3) and
the pressure at port P1.
When this happens, fine control hole f is connected 5
to drain chamber D and the pressure oil at port P1
is released. 4
If the pressure at port P1 drops too far, spool (1) is
pushed down by metering spring (2), and fine con- 3
trol hole f is shut off from drain chamber D. At al-
most the same time, it is connected to pump pres- 2
sure chamber PP, and the pump pressure is sup- D
plied until the pressure at port P1 recovers to a f T
pressure that corresponds to the lever position.
P
When the spool of the control valve returns, oil in
drain chamber D flows in from fine control hole f' f
in the valve on the side that is not working. 1
The oil passes through port P2 and enters chamber
PP
B to fill the chamber with oil. (Fig. 3) P1 P2
A B
Control valve
RKP01111
Fig. 3
4. At full stroke
When disc (5) pushes down piston (4), and retainer
(7) pushes down spool (1), fine control hole f is shut
off from drain chamber D, and is connected with
pump pressure chamber PP. Therefore, the pilot
pressure from the control pump passes through fine 5
control hole f and flows to chamber A from port P1,
and pushes the control valve spool. 4
The oil returning from chamber B passes from port
P2 through fine control hole f' and flows to drain 9
chamber D. (Fig. 4)
D
f T
P
f
1 PP
P1 P2
A Control valve
B
RKP01121
Fig. 4
PC75R-2 10-95
PPC VALVE
(Blade, boom swing, 2-piece boom)
T
P
P1 P2
a RKP03920
5
4
c d 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
Section A-A
Sezione A - A
RKP00960
1. Spool
a. T port - To hydraulic tank
2. Metering spring (internal)
b. P port - From ST1 solenoid valve group
(A4 port) 3. Centering spring (external)
c. P1 port - For boom swing: 4. Plunger
to control valve (PA8 port) 5. Lever
For 2-piece boom: 6. Plate
to control valve (PA10 port) 7. Retainer
For blade:
8. Body
to control valve (PA2 port)
d. P2 port - For boom swing:
to control valve (PB8 port)
For 2-piece boom:
For blade:
10-96 PC75R-2
FUNCTION
1. At neutral
Ports A and B of the control valve and ports P1 and
P2 of the PPC valve are connected to drain cham-
ber D through fine control hole f in spool (1). (Fig. 1)
D
T
f P
1
P1 P2
A Control valve B
RKP00971
Fig. 1
2. During fine control (NEUTRAL fine control)

When piston (4) starts to be pushed by lever (5), re-
tainer (7) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-
When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off 5
from drain chamber D, and at almost the same
time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber
PP, so pilot pressure oil from the control pump 4
passes through fine control hole f and goes from
port P1 to port A.
When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher,
spool (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is 7 D
shut off from pump pressure chamber PP.
At almost the same time, it is connected to drain T
chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. 2
When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so 8
that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with
the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po- f P
sition of spool (1) and body (8) (fine control hole f is
at a point midway between drain hole D and pump
pressure chamber PP) does not change until retai- 1 P1 P2
ner (7) contacts spool (1).
Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro- PP
portionally to the amount of movement of the con-
trol lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in
proportion to the travel of the control lever. In this A Control valve B
way, the control valve spool moves to a position
where the pressure in chamber A (the same as RKP00981
Fig. 2
pressure at port P1) and the force of the control
valve spool return spring are balanced. (Fig. 2)
PC75R-2 10-97
3. During fine control (when the lever is returned)
When lever (5) starts to be returned, spool (1) is
the pressure at port P1. 5
When this happens, fine control hole f is connected
to drain chamber D and the pressure oil at port P1
is released. 4
If the pressure at port P1 drops too far, spool (1) is
pushed down by metering spring (2), and fine con-
trol hole f is shut off from drain chamber D. At al-
most the same time, it is connected to pump pres- 7 D
sure chamber PP, and the pump pressure is sup-
plied until the pressure at port P1 recovers to a T
pressure that corresponds to the lever position. 2
When the spool of the control valve returns, oil in P
drain chamber D flows in from fine control hole f'
in the valve on the side that is not working. f
The oil passes through port P2 and enters chamber
f'
B to fill the chamber with oil. (Fig. 3)
1 P1 P2 PP
A Control valve B
RKP00991
Fig. 3
4. At full stroke
When lever (5) pushes down piston (4), and retainer
(7) pushes down spool (1), fine control hole f is shut
off from drain chamber D, and is connected with
pump pressure chamber PP. Therefore, the pilot
pressure from the control pump passes through fine 5
control hole f and flows to chamber A from port P1,
and pushes the control valve spool.
The oil returning from chamber B passes from port
4
P2 through fine control hole f' and flows to drain
chamber D. (Fig. 4)
7 D
T
2
8
P
f
f'
1 P1 P2 PP
A Control valve B
RKP01001
Fig. 4
10-98 PC75R-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC75R-2 10-99
TRAVEL PPC VALVE
D D
B B
a
A A
View Z
Vista Z
b
C
e c
f d RKP03990
a. P port - From ST1 solenoid valve group FUNCTIONS

(A4 port) P1 port - L.H. travel (Reverse)
b. T port - To hydraulic tank P2 port - L.H. travel (Forward)
c. P1 port - To control valve (PA3 port) P3 port - R.H. travel (Reverse)
d. P3 port - To control valve (PB7 port) P4 port - R.H. travel (Forward)
e. P2 port - To control valve (PB3 port)
f. P4 port - To control valve (PA7 port)
10-100 PC75R-2
8
1
3
7
6
4
5
SectionAA-A
Sezione -A Section
Sezione B-B
B-B
Section C-C Section D-D

Sezione C - C Sezione D - D
RKP04000
1. Piston
2. Plate
3. Collar
4. Body
5. Valve
6. Measuring spring (internal)
7. Centering spring (external)
8. Bolt
PC75R-2 10-101
OPERATION
1. At neutral
Ports A and B of the control valve and ports P1 and P2
of the PPC valve are connected to drain chamber D
through fine control hole f in spool (1). (Fig. 1).
D
f
T
P
P1 P2
A Control valve B
RKP04011
Fig. 1
2. During fine control (NEUTRAL Fine control)

When the piston (4) starts to be pushed by lever (5),
retainer (9) is pushed, valve (1) is also pushed by me-
When this happens, the fine control hole f is shut off
from drain chamber D, and at almost the same time, it
is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so pilot
pressure oil from the charging pump passes through
fine control hole f and goes from port P1 to port A.
When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, valve
(1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is shut off
from pump pressure chamber PP.
4 5
At almost the same time, it is connected to drain
chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. When 9
this happens, valve (1) moves up or down so that the D
force of metering spring (2) is balanced with the pres- 2
sure at port P1. The relationship in the position of
valve (1) and body (10) (fine control hole f is at a point f T
midway between drain hole D and pump pressure P
chamber PP) does not change until retainer (9) con-
tacts valve (1).
Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed propor- 1
tionally to the amount of movement of the control le- PP
ver, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in proportion P1 P2
to the travel of the control lever.
In this way, the control valve spool moves to a posi- 10
tion where the pressure in chamber A (the same as
the pressure at port P1) and the force of the control A B
Control valve
valve spool return spring are balanced. (Fig. 2)
RKP04021
Fig. 2
10-102 PC75R-2
3. During fine control
(when the lever is returned)
When lever (5) starts to be returned, valve (1) is
the pressure at port P1. 5
When this happens, fine control hole f is connected to
drain chamber D and the pressure oil at port P1 is re-
leased. 3
D
If the pressure at port P1 drops too far, valve (1) is
pushed down by metering spring (2), and fine control 2
hole f is shut off from drain chamber D. At almost
the same time, it is connected to pump pressure
f T
chamber PP, and the pump pressure is supplied until P
the pressure at port P1 recovers to a pressure that cor-
responds to the lever position.
f'
When the spool of the control valve returns, oil in drain 1
chamber D flows in from fine control hole f' in the PP
valve on the side that is not working. The oil passes P1 P2
through port P2 and enters chamber B to fill the cham-
ber with oil. (Fig. 3).
A Control valve B
RKP04031
Fig. 3
4. At full stroke
When lever (5) pushes down piston (4), and retainer
(9) pushes down valve (1), fine control hole f is shut
off from drain chamber D, and is connected with pump
pressure chamber PP.
Therefore, the pilot pressure oil from the charging
pump passes through fine control hole f and flows to
chamber A from port P1, and pushes the control valve
spool. 5
The oil returning from chamber B passes from port P2
through fine control hole f' and flows to drain chamber 4
D. (Fig. 4)
D
9
f T
P
f'
1
PP
P1 P2
A Control valve B
RKP04041
Fig. 4
PC75R-2 10-103
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-104 PC75R-2
BOOM AND ARM SAFETY VALVE
a b
c d
1 2
3
4
5
e
RKP04170
1. Screw SPECIFICATIONS
2. Valve Pilot ratio: 22 : 1
3. Rod
4. Nut
5. Nut
a. T Port - To hydraulic tank

(PSI)
Differential pressure ⌬p bar
20
b. P Port - For boom: From control valve (290)
(PB5 Port) 16
(232)
For arm: From control valve
2
C
(PB6 Port) 12
➔
V2
V2
(174) ➔
c. V2 Port - For boom: From control valve C2
8
(A5 Port) (116)
For arm: From control valve 4

(A6 Port) (58)
d. C2 Port - For boom: To the cylinder 0

0 25 50 75 100 125 150
(Bottom side) (6.6) (13.2) (19.8) (26.4) (33) (39.6)
For arm: To the cylinder Amount Q ᐍ / min
(gpm/min)
(Head side) RKP04162
e. M Port - For boom: To the overload
sensor switch
PC75R-2 10-105
BLADE SAFETY VALVE
a b
A A
SectionAA-A
Sezione -A
c d
RKP04140
a. V2 Port - From swivel joint (5a Port) SPECIFICATIONS

b. V1 Port - From swivel joint (3a Port) Start opening: 8 bar (116 psi)
c. C2 Port - To blade cylinder (Bottom side)
d. C1 Port - To blade cylinder (Head side) 24
(348)
20
(PSI)
(290)
V2
➔
C2
16
(232) C2
➔
12 V2
(174)
8
(116)
4
(58)
0
0 12 24 36 48 60
(3.2) (6.3) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9)
Amount Q ᐍ / min
(gpm/min)
RKP04062
10-106 PC75R-2
2-PIECE BOOM SAFETY VALVE
a b
A A
1 1
2 3 3 2
Section A-A
Sezione A -A
c d
RKP04070
1. Screw SPECIFICATIONS
2. Plug Pilot ratio: 4.25 : 1
3. Valve
a. C1 Port - To 2-piece boom (Head side) 24

(348)
b. C2 Port - To 2-piece boom (Bottom side) 20
(PSI)
c. V1 Port - From control valve (A10 Port) (290)

V2
16
➔
d. V2 Port - From control valve (B10 Port)

C2
(232)
C2
12 ➔
V2
(174)
8
(116)
4
(58)
0
0 12 24 36 48 60
(3.2) (6.3) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9)
Amount Q ᐍ / min
(gpm/min)
RKP08681
PC75R-2 10-107
OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCH
3 4 5
3
1
2
RKP11580
a. From boom safety valve (M Port) TECHNICAL DATA

Setting valve: 130 bar (1885.4 psi)
1. Connector
2. Pressure sensor switch FUNCTION
3. Adjusting screw The overload sensor switch is connected through the
4. Cover boom safety valve to boom cylinder (bottom side).
5. Connection plate When the pressure rises over the setting valve, the
sensor close the electrical circuit and the actives the
horn.
10-108 PC75R-2
SOLENOID VALVE
Solenoid valve group ST1
Swing brake, travel speed acceleration, working mode, servocontrol
1 2 3 4
b e d c
RKP11570
a. P Port - From servocontrol feed unit 1. Y6 Travel speed acceleration

(PR Port) 2. Y5 Swing brake
b. B2 Port - To swivel joint (2 Port) 3. Y11 Working mode
c. A4 Port - To hydraulic tank 4. Y12 Servocontrol
d. A3 Port - To hydraulic pump (PM Port)
e. A1 Port - To swing motor (B Port)
F. T Port - To hydraulic tank
PC75R-2 10-109
Solenoid valve group OP1 (Y3-Y4)
Braker, rotating and cutting bucket
a b
1 2
d c
RKP03940
1. Y4 - R.H. attachment control

2. Y3 - L.H. attachment control
a. T Port - To hydraulic tank

b. A Port - To control valve (PB9 Port)
c. P Port - From ST1 solenoid valve group
(A4 Port)
d. B Port - To control valve (PA9 Port)
10-110 PC75R-2
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (1/3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A2.5 A2.5
2.1
STRUMENTO MULTIFUNZIONE
A2.5
F13 F7 F9 F14 F8 HA1
R1 ACC BR R2 C
1 2
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 5A MULTIFUNCTION INSTRUMENT
R1
OFF ACC
ST X10 X10
M-V1
X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 X13 BUZZER
L1.5
G4
H-R1
B-R1
R-N1.5
A-R1
L1
H-L1
B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
S1 X15
G1
R-V1
V1
A-G1
H-R1
H-N1
B-N1
S1
Z-B1
V-B1
3
X14 1 G1 G1
3.1
8
X15 H-R1
2.1
A-N1.5
R-N1
L1.5
R4
3.1
R2.5 R2.5
3.1
R-N1
2.1
L/R1
L/R1
B-R1
8 5 L/R1 2.1
X8
11 3 9 4 7 2
RL1 X9
9 6
X8
4
X9 X8
X7
X7
1
86 87 X7 X7 X15 X8 X15 X7 X15 X7 X7 X7
L/R1
1
1 3 2 2 X7
R-V1
21
Z-N1
H-N1
M-V1
B-N1
V-B1
A-G1
B-R1
V1
Z-B1
A-N1.5
R4
S1
L/R1
B-R1
G4
85 30
L/R1
X30
1 5 2 9 6
8 1
R-N1 X17 X16
3 X17 4 7 2
X17 X17 X17 X17 X16 X17
X3
X3
X1 X1 X3 X3 X3 16 RLY X3 X3 X3 X3 2
3 14 7 3 15 6 8
L/R1
R-V1
L-R1
53M
53S
L/R1
X30
15
31
1 KT1 86 87a 87
G4
R2.5
R4
B-R1
A/V1
M-V1
B-R1
Z-N1
Z-B1
Z-B1 85 30
M-N1
R6
R4
R1 R3 R2
FUG2 FUG3 FUG1 FUG4 85 87 86 87 86 87
50A 40A 30A 60A
R-N1.5
86 30 85 30 85 30
R2.5
A2.5
G4
R4
R10
H-N1
B-N1
V1
S1
XA
XA
3 2 1
A/V1
M6
A-N1.5
S-G1
S-G1
M-V1
M-V1
A-G1
V-B1
R50
B-R1 XAM XAM X18
G2 Z-B1
G1 30 50
W
R4 R6 R7
M1 M 30
G D+ Y1 Y11 S2 S5 S6 S7 Y5 S8 S9 S10 Y12
12Vcc
3
p p t p p p
UU
t
31
A-R1
A-R1
XAM X18
1 3
N2.5
N50
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1.5
N1
31
2.1
P
RKP07280
COMPONENTS FUSES CONNECTOR

G1 - Battery S5 - Air filter blocked switch F7 - /5 sec. Timer fuse 7.5A X1 - Power 3 way connector X16 - Left front light 11 way connector
G2 - Generator S6 - Engine water high F8 - Multifunction instrument X3 - Engine line 9 way connector X17 - Valves and right front light line
HA1 - Buzzer temperature switch power fuse 5A X7 - Right lateral dashboard line 9 17 way connector
M1 - Starter motor S7 - Engine oil low pressure F9 - Horn fuse 7.5A way connector X18 - Fuel level sender 3 way
R4 - Heating start switch FUG1- Fuel shut off fuse 30A X8 - Central unit line 4 way connector connector
R6 - Fuel level sender S8 - 2nd rotation pressure switch FUG2- General fuse 50A X9 - Power 3 way connector X30 - 2 way connector
R7 - Engine water temperature S9 - 1st rotation pressure switch FUG3- Preheating fuse 40A X10 - Power (+15) 2 way connector XA - Generator 2 way connector
sender S10 - Arm micro switch FUG4- Generator fuse 60A X13 - Multifunction instrument XAM - Fuel shut off 3 way connector
RL1 - Horn relay Y1 - Fuel shut off solenoid valve F13 - Fuel shut off fuse 7.5A 16 way connector
RLY - Rotation timer Y5 - Rotation brake solenoid valve F14 - Servocontrol valve fuse 10A X14 - 1 way connector
S1 - Starting switch Y11 - Solenoid valve mode system X15 - Right lateral dashboard 21
S2 - Brakes pressure switch Y12 - Servocontrol solenoid valve way connector
PC75R-2 10-111
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-112 PC75R-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A2.5 A2.5 A2.5

1.10 3.1
F10 MANIPOLATORE
10A PULSANTIERA PRINCIPALE PULSANTIERA PRINCIPALE
PPC VALVE
SWITCHES PANEL SWITCHES PANEL
X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 X11 S11 S12 S13 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12 X12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L/R1
R/N1
R/N1
M/N1
G-R1
R-V1
L-B1
H-R1
R-N1
S-N1
M-N1
Z-N1
V-N1
A-V1
H-R1
1.20
R-N1
1.20
L/R1
1.20
4 1 2 10 5 7 6 20
X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15
M/N1
L-B1
S-N1
M-N1
Z-N1
V-N1
A-V1
X16 X16 X17 X17 X16 X17 X17
2 1 11 5 4 4 1
M/N1
L-B1
S-N1
M-N1
Z-N1
V-N1
A-V1
1 1
X28 X19
Y3 Y4 Y7 S14 S15 S16 Y6

p
X28 X19
2 3
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
1.20 3.1
RKP07290
COMPONENTS CONNECTOR FUSE
S11 - Joystick horn button X11 - Switches panel 18 way connector F10 - Switch panel relays fuse
S12 - Joystick grab button X12 - Switches panel 12 way connector 10A
S13 - Joystick hammer button X15 - Right lateral dashboard 21 way connector
S14 - Anti overturning pressure switch X16 - Left front light line 11 way connector
S15 - Hammer pedal button X17 - Valves and right front light line 17 way
S16 - Pliers button connector
Y3 - Biting grab solenoid valve X19 - Anti overturning pressure switch 4 way
Y4 - Hammer solenoid valve connector
Y6 - Acceleration solenoid valve X28 - Optional pliers solenoid valve 2 way
Y7 - Optional pliers solenoid valve connector
PC75R-2 10-113
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
10-114 PC75R-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A2.5 A2.5
2.20
R2.5 R2.5
1.20
G1 G1
1.20 G1
B C E F5 F6 B C E F4 F3 F11 F12
0 0 15/1 30/3 L/6
1 2 7.5A 15A 1 2 7.5A 0 1 7.5A 7.5A 15A
A F A F 49/4 30b/2 R/7

S3 S17
L1.5
1.20
C1
H2.5
H-N1.5
C-V1.5
A-R1.5
V-N1.5
B-R1.5
B/R1
G1.5
G1.5
R1.5
R1.5
V1.5
V1.5
R1
15 16 12 18 17 19 13 14
X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15
G1
H-N1.5
V-N1.5
RL2 86 87a 87
G-N1.5
F1 F2
A-R1.5
C-V1.5
G1.5
H1.5
10A 15A
85 30
V1 V2
M1
B1
X16 X17 X16 X17 X17 X16 X16 X20 X20 X16 X17 X20 X20 X17
8 9 7 10 12 10 9 4 1 5 6 3 2 13
G-N1.5
C-V1.5
A-R1.5
B-R1.5
B/R1
G1.5
M1.5
M1.5
H1.5
H2.5
B1.5
B1.5
R1
C1
B-G1
1 2 1 2 2 1 3 2 4 6 5 2 3 1 2 1 1
X22 X22 X23 X23 X24 X25 X25 X25 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 X26 X26 X27
M2 H6 M3 M4
H4 H5 X1
56a
56b
56a
56b
57
57
L
H1 H2 H3 1 2 S18
M M M M
X29 X29
31
31
AUTORADIO
X22 X23 X24 RADIO X27
B-G1
3 3 1 2
N1.5 N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1
N1
N1
2.20
RKP07260
COMPONENTS FUSES CONNECTOR
H1 - Front left light S18 - Transfer pump sender F1 - Low beam fuse 10A X1 - Power 3 way connector X22 -
Left front light 3 way connector
H2 - Front right light S3 - Lights switch F2 - Main beam fuse15A X15 - Right lateral dashboard 21 X23 -
Right front light 3 way connector
H3 - Working light V1 - Diode F3 - Cabin lamp, radio and current way connector X25 -
Left front light line 4 way connector
H4 - Working light V2 - Diode intake fuse 7.5A X16 - Left front light line 11 way X26 -
Transfer pump 2 way connector
H5 - Beacon lamp F4 - Rotating lamp fuse 7.5A connector X27 -
Transfer pump sender 4 way
H6 - Cabin lamp F5 - Working light fuse 7.5A X17 - Valves and right front light line connector
M2 - Blower motor F6 - Heater fuse 15A 17 way connector X29 - Radio power 2 way connector
M3 - Washer motor F11 - Cabin power fuse 7.5A X20 - Left front light line 5 way
M4 - Transfer pump F12 - Transfer pump fuse 15A connector
RL2 - Arm working light relay X21 - Cabin 7 way connector
S17 - Rotating lamp switch
PC75R-2 10-115
10-116 PC75R-2
GROUP 20
40-28 PC15R-8
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS
Normal or standard technical data . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 2 Adjusting PC valve . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 39

Equipment for testing, adjusting, and Measuring LS differential pressure
identifying faults. . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 19 and adjusting LS valve . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 40
Measuring the engine speed.. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 21 Checking and adjusting pressures in the
Adjusting valve clearance . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 22 servocontrol feed unit .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 42
Measuring compression pressure .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 23 Measuring pumps delivery and flow
Testing and adjusting fuel injection timing . .. . . . .. . 24 control starting point pump P1 . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 43
Testing and adjusting fan belt tension .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 26 Measuring travel deviation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 45
Adjusting the stroke of the accelerator lever . . . . .. . 27 Adjusting the maximum speed of the travel motors46
Adjusting ppc valves clearance. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 28 Measuring inner oil leakage of travel motor . . . .. . . . 47
Adjusting the safety microswitch . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 29 Adjusting boom and arm safety valves. . . . .. . . . .. . . . 48
Measuring the swing circle axial clearance. .. . . . .. . 30 Adjusting 2nd boom safety valves. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 49
Testing and adjusting track-shoe tension . . . .. . . . .. . 31 Measuring and setting of pressure switch signal
overload operation . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 50
Air bleeding from hydraulic circuits . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 32
Measurement of internal oil leakages
Releasing residual pressure from the circuits . . . .. . 35 in the swing motor . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 51
Checking and regulating pressure in the Checking for leakages inside the swivel joint. . .. . . . 52
hydraulic circuits . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 36
Analysis of the causes of hydraulic drifts . .. . . . .. . . . 54
Testing and setting of main valves . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 37
When carrying out controls, adjustments or analyses for troubleshooting, park the machine on firm, level
ground. Apply all the machine safety devices and use blocks to prevent any machine movement.
When more than one person is engaged in the work, use the prescribed notices that indicate that the machine
is undergoing maintenance. Do not allow any unauthorised persons to remain in the vicinity.
When checking the level of the cooling liquid, wait until this liquid has cooled. If the radiator cap is removed
while the liquid is still hot and under pressure, it may cause severe burns.
Take great care not to get entangled in moving parts (fan, alternator belt or any of the rotating elements).
PC75R-2 20-1
NORMAL OR STANDARD TECHNICAL DATA
. FOR ENGINE
Engine 4D98E-1FB
Check item Test Conditions Unit Standard Permissible

value value
High idling rpm 2470 2470w50

Engine rpm 1000 1000 50
speed Low idling
Set speed rpm 2300 Ð
Exhaust Sudden acceleration Index 0.9 1.5

gas colour At high idling speed Bosch 0.5 0.8
Valve Intake valve (20ëC) (68ëF) mm (in.) 0.20 (0.0078) Ð

clearance Exhaust valve (20ëC) (68ëF) mm (in.) 0.20 (0.0078) Ð
Compression Oil temperature 69 ± 72ëC (156.2 ±161.6ëF) kg/cm2 35w1 28w1

pressure (psi) (497.7w14.2) (398.2w14.2)
(SAE30 oil) (Engine speed) rpm 250 250
Blow-by Water temperature in operating range

pressure mm H2O Ð Ð
(SAE30 oil) At high idling speed
Max. idling (in cold state) kg/cm2 max. 6

(psi) (max. 85.32) Ð
With water temperature in operating range
Engine oil
pressure High idling kg/cm2 3±4
(psi) (42.66 ± 56.88) Ð
At low idling kg/cm2 min. 0.6 Ð
(psi) (min. 8.532)
Oil temperature Entire speed range ëC 120 Max. 120

(ëF) (248) (Max. 248)
Fuel injection B.T.D.C. degrees 10 ± 12 Ð

timing
Fan-belt Deflection when pressed mm 10 ± 15 Ð

tension with finger force of approx. 10 kg (22 lb.) (in.) (0.394 ± 0.591)
20-2 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE
All tests, if not otherwise specified, should be performed with WORKING MODE in position P

Classifi- Check item Test conditions Unit Standard Permissible
cation value value
Engine speed with

pump P1 2296 2296 ± 50
at max. pressure
. Hydraulic oil temp.:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
Engine speed with
pumps P1 and P2 . Engine oil pressure: in correct range 2285 2285 ± 50
at max. pressure . Cooling water temp.: in correct range
Engine
. Swing lock pin inserted

rpm
Engine speed with . Max. pressure P1: with boom
pump P2 . Max. pressure P1-P2: with boom and 2300 2300 ± 50
at max. pressure swing boom
. Max. pressure P2: with arm and
Engine speed when pumps swing boom
P1-P2 are at max. pressure 2250 2250 ± 50
and the WORKING MODE
selector is in pos. E
Boom control valve , a b , a b
Arm control valve ᐉ

a b
Bucket control valve
Spool travel
Swing control valve mm

(in.) 45 6.5w0.3 6.5w0.3 45 6.5w0.3 6.5w0.3
Blade control valve (1.773) (0.256w (0.256w (1.773)
0.0118) 0.0118)
(0.256w (0.256w
0.0118) 0.0118)
Boom swing control valve
2nd boom control valve RKP08070
Right travel control valve

. At centre of Raise 80 60 ± 100
Boom control lever lever knob Neutral Lower (3.152) (2.364 ± 3.94)
. Reading at
Arm control lever end of travel Neutral Extended 80 60 ± 100
. Engine
Retracted (3.152) (2.364 ± 3.94)
stopped
Bucket control lever Neutral
Open 80 60 ± 100
. Equipment Curled (3.152) (2.364 ± 3.94)
on the
Travel of levers and pedals
ground Swing right 80 60 ± 100

Swing control lever Neutral Swing left (3.152) (2.364 ± 3.94)
Blade control lever Neutral

Raise 50 38 ± 62
Lower (1.97) (1.497 ± 2.443)
mm
Swing right (in.) 20 15 ± 25
Boom swing pedal Neutral Swing left (0.788) (0.591 ± 0.985)
2nd boom pedal Neutral

Open 30 25 ± 35
Closed (1.182) (0.985 ± 1.379)
Travel control pedal Neutral

Forward 120 90 ± 150
(right-left) Backward (4.728) (3.546 ± 5.910)
Fuel control lever Min. Max. 150 130 ± 170

(5.910) (5.122 ± 6.698)
PC75R-2 20-3
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Raise boom 2.0 1.5 ± 2.5

. Engine speed: high idling (4.4) (3.3 ±5.5)
. Oil temperature: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) 2.0 1.5 ± 2.5
Lower boom . Instrument coupling at centre (4.4) (3.3 ±5.5)
of control lever knob
. Instrument coupling on outside 1.5 1.1 ± 1.9
Operating force for control of levers and pedals
Bucket curled-open (3.3) (2.4 ± 4.2)

edge of pedal control
Arm open-close 2.0 1.5 ± 2.5

(4.4) (3.3 ±5.5)
Swing (R.H.-L.H.) 1.5 1.1 ± 1.9

(3.3) (2.4 ± 4.2)
Blade 2.0 1.5 ± 2.5

(4.4) (3.3 ±5.5)
kg
(lb.) 10 7.5 ± 12.5
Boom swing pedal (22) (16.5 ± 27.5)
2nd boom pedal 10 7.5 ± 12.5

(22) (16.5 ± 27.5)
Lever (centre) 2.5 1.9 ± 3.1

Travel control lever (5.5) (4.2 ± 6.8)
(R.H.-L.H.) 9.0 8 ± 10
Pedal (19.8) (17.6 ± 22)
Travel accelerator 9.0 8 ± 10
control pedal (19.8) (17.6 ± 22)
Fuel control levers 3.0 2.5 ± 3.5

(6.6) (5.5 ± 7.6)
P1 pump (Safety) 300 (4351) 7 (101.5)
Main valve
pressure
. Engine speed: max.

P2 pump (Safety) . Oil temperature: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
bar 300 (4351) 7 (101.5)
(psi)
. Check one circuit at a time 30/50
Servocontrols (Safety) (435.1/725) w3 (43.5)
Raise 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)

Boom
Lower 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
Arm . Engine speed: max. 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)

. Oil temperature: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
Bucket . Check one circuit at a time 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
Swing 210 (3046) 7 (101.5)

bar
Hydraulic pressure
Blade (psi) 210 (3046) 7 (101.5)
Boom swing 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
nd
2 boom 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
Travel 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
Attachments 270 (3916) 7 (101.5)
Servocontrols 30 (435.1) w3 (43.5)
. Levers at NEUTRAL
25 ± 39 Ð
. Engine: (362.6 ± 565.6)
high idling
bar
LS differential pressure . Oil temperature: . Travel speed: Hi
(psi)
45 ± 55ëC . Travel lever: 21w1 Ð
(113 ±131ëF) at the end of stroke (304.6w14.5)
. Track shoe: raised
20-4 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Work equipment at max. reach
Braking angle
RKP05770 Degree Max. 60ë 90ë
. Load in the bucket: 475 kg (1047 lb.)
(mm) (400) (600)
. Engine speed: high idling.
. Make centring marks on the outer swing
circle rings. Rotate the upper turret 360ë
and stop. Measure the difference between
the marks after stopping.
Working equipment at max. reach
Ð Ð
90ë
Time taken to start swing sec

RKP05770
. Engine speed: high idling

. Oil temperature: 180ë Max. 5 Max. 5.5
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
. Time taken also from starting posi-
tion to swing 90ë and 180ë.
Swing
Working equipment at max. reach
Time taken to swing sec 33 31 ± 35

RKP05770

. Make one turn to settle machine.
. Measure the time taken to make 5 full
swings
15°
RKP05780
Hydraulic drift of swing mm 0 Ð

. Engine stopped (in.) (0)
. Brake disengaged (with specific tool)
. Park the machine on a 15ë slope and set
the boom at 90ë with respect to the ground
surface
. On the outer swing circle, mark the posi-
tion between turret and track frame.
. After 15 minutes measure the drift.
PC75R-2 20-5
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
15°
Swing
Hydraulic drift mm 0 0
RKP05780
of swing (in.) (0) (0)

. Engine stopped
. Park the machine on a 15ë slope and set
the boom at 90ë with respect to the ground
surface
. On the outer swing circle, mark the posi-
tion between turret and track frame.
. After 15 minutes measure the drift.

Swing
Internal leakage from swing . Oil temperature: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) ,/min 0.70 Max. 1.5
motor . Swing block: engaged (US.gpm) (0.185) (Max. 0.396)
. Measure the leakage
20-6 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Measuring posture
Low speed
20 Min. 17
rpm
Travel motor swing RKP05790
speed (1) (no-load)

. Oil temperature:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
High speed
. Rest the bucket on the ground, rai-
se one track-shoe and mark a posi- 32 Min. 28
tion on the reduction unit.
Measure the rotating speed of the
sprocket wheel. Repeat for the
2nd track-shoe
Measuring posture
45° Low speed 24

Max. 27
Min. 21
Travel speed (2) sec

Travel
RKP05800
High speed

. Oil temperature: Max. 16
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) 14
Min. 12
. On flat ground
. Travel for at least 10 metres and
then check on the time needed to
cover 20 metres
45°
RKP05800

. Oil temperature:
mm 200 Max. 250
Travel deviation 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) (in.) (7.874) (Max. 9.843)
. Travel 20 metres on flat ground and mea-
sure the deviation.
H The surface must be hard and horizontal.
20m
10m
RKP05810
H Measure dimension «X»
PC75R-2 20-7
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Measuring posture
15°
Hydraulic drift of travel mm 0 0
motors RKP05820
(in.) (0) (0)
Travel
. Engine: switched off

. Stop machine on a slope with blade
raised and sprocket facing straight up
the slope
. Measure the drift after 5 minutes

Leakage of travel . Oil temperature: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) ,/min 13 Max. 25
motors . Lock shoes and check leakage (US.gpm) (3.43) (Max. 6.6)
H Measure one motor at a time
20-8 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Measuring posture
Boom 400 500
Total work equipment A (15.748) (19.685)
(Standard boom)
(Downward movement
bucket teeth tips) A Boom 400 500
B
B (15.748) (19.685)
RKP05831
Boom 75 90
. In this position, measure extension A (2.953) (3.543)
Boom cylinder or retraction of each cylinder, and
(Retraction) any leakages occurring when a Boom
load is applied to the tips of the
80 100
B mm (3.150) (3.937)
bucket teeth.
(in.)
. Horizontal levelled ground
. Bucket: rated load 475 kg (1047 lb.) Boom 50 60
. Levers: neutral A (1.968) (2.362)
Arm cylinder
(Extension) . Engine: switched off
. Oil temperature: Boom 60 75
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) B (2.362) (2.953)
Hydraulic drift of working equipment
. Safety valve disengaged

. Take measurements as soon as
the engine stops
Bucket cylinder . Measure the variations every 5 mi- 30 40
(Retraction) nutes and check the total variation (1.181) (1.575)
after 15 mins.
Measuring posture Boom 600 800

Total work equipment A (23.622) (31.496)
(Downward movement
of tips of bucket teeth)
(2-piece boom)
Boom 600 800
B (23.622) (31.496)
A
B
Boom 80 100
A (3.150) (3.937)
Boom cylinder
(Retraction)
RKP05841
. In this position, measure extension

Boom 90 115
and retraction of each cylinder, and
B (3.543) (4.528)
any leakages when a load is ap-
plied to the tips of the bucket teeth.
Boom 60 75
A mm (2.362) (2.953)
2nd boom cylinders . Horizontal levelled ground
(in.)
(Retraction) . Bucket: rated load 475 kg (1047 lb.) Boom 75 100
. Levers: neutral B (2.953) (3.937)
. Oil temperature: Boom 50 60
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) A (1.968) (2.362)
Arm cylinder
(Extension) . Safety valve disengaged
. Take measurements as soon as
Boom 60 75
the engine stops B (2.362) (2.953)
. Measure the variations every 5 mi-
nutes and check the total variation
Bucket cylinder after 15 mins. 30 40
(Retraction) (1.181) (1.575)
PC75R-2 20-9
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Boom 30 35
A (1.181) (1.378)
Boom swing
(Standard boom)
15° Boom 35 40
B (1.378) (1.575)
RKP05850
mm
. Engine: switched off (in.)
Boom 40 45
Hydraulic drift of working equipment
. Oil temperature:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) A (1.575) (1.772)
Boom swing . In the same position as above,
(boom and 2-piece boom) park the machine on a 15ë slope
and bring the turret round to 90ë.
Measure the extension and retrac-
Boom 45 50
B (1.772) (1.969)
tion of the cylinder after 15 mins.
Blade
(measure the downward RKP05870
mm 6 10
movement of the edge of (in.) (0.236) (0.394)
the blade)
. Safety valve disengaged
. Raise the blade and measure the height of
the edge from the ground.
Measure the downward after 15 mins.
Boom Max. 3.5 Max. 12

Internal cylinder leankage
2nd boom Max. 2.2 Max. 8

(2 cylinders) (each cylinder)
Arm Max. 2.2 Max. 8
. Check leakages: on the cylinder on the si-
de opposite to the one under pressure
cc/
min
Bucket H Check one cylinder at a time Max. 2.2 Max. 8
H For the 2-piece boom check the two cylin-
ders individually but simultaneously.
Boom swing Max. 2.5 Max. 10
Blade Max. 3.5 Max. 12
20-10 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Boom . Measuring posture
Raise
Bucket teeth on the ground 2.1 1.9 ± 2.3
RKP05880
Lower
. Engine speed: high idling 2.5 2.2 ± 2.8
Cylinder completely . Oil temperature:
extended 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
. Measuring posture
2nd boom
Closed
Cylinders completely 2.1 1.9 ± 2.3
retracted
Inout
RKP05890
Cylinders completely
extended . Oil temperature:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
Arm . Measuring posture
Cylinder completely Closed 3.5 3.1 ± 3.9

retracted
Inout
Work equipment
RKP05900
Cylinders completely . Oil temperature:
extended
Speed
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) sec

. Measuring posture
Bucket
Curled
Cylinder completely 3.0 2.7 ± 3.3

retracted
Dump
RKP05910
Cylinders completely
extended . Oil temperature:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
Boom swing . Measuring posture

L.H.
Cylinder completely 6.0 5.4 ± 6.6

retracted
RKP05920
R.H.

Cylinders completely . Oil temperature:
extended 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
Blade . Measuring posture

Raise
Blade on the ground 1.3 1.1 ± 1.5
RKP05930
Lower

Blade raised to max. . Oil temperature:
height 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
PC75R-2 20-11
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Measuring posture
Boom Max. 2 Max. 3

(Standard)
RKP05940
. Engine speed: low idling

. Retract fully the cylinders of the arm and
bucket.
Lower bucket to ground and measure time
taken for chassis to rise from ground.
Measuring posture
Work equipment
Boom
Time lags
Max. 2 Max. 3
(2-piece boom)
sec
RKP05950

bucket.
Extend the 2nd boom fully.
Lower bucket to ground and measure time
taken for chassis to rise from ground.
Measuring posture
2nd boom Max. 2 Max. 3

RKP05960

0 0
. Check valve: 60+ 5 bar (852.2+ 71 psi)
bucket.
Extend the 2nd boom fully. Bring the boom
into a vertical position.
Close completely the 2nd boom and mea-
sure the time taken increase the pressure.
20-12 PC75R-2
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
Measuring posture
Max. 2 Max. 3
Boom
A
RKP05970
Arm
. Engine speed: low idling Boom

. Oil temperature: B
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) Max. 2 Max. 3
. Bring the boom into a horizontal posi-
tion.
Retract the cylinder of the arm com-
pletely and then extend it.
Amount of time when arm stops for a
moment.
Measuring posture
Work equipment
Time lags
sec
RKP05980
Bucket Max. 2 Max. 3

. Bring the boom into a horizontal position.
Retract the bucket cylinder completely, then
extend it.
Measure the time that elapses between the
bucket stopping at dead centre and then
starting to move again.
Measuring posture
Blade RKP05990
Max. 1 Max. 2

. Raise the blade to its max. height, then lower
it.
Measure the time it takes for the rear of the
machine to be lifted off the ground, starting
from the time the blade contacts the ground.
PC75R-2 20-13
. FOR MACHINE

cation value value
. Oil temperature:
Pump delivery
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)

64.4 Min. 58
Pumps
Gear pump P2 . Measure with engine at rated speed

. At relief valve set pressure ,/min (17.013) (Min. 15.322)
(US.gpm)
(29.4 bar (417.6 psi)
Piston pumps P1 See following pages
20-14 PC75R-2
Classifi- . Delivery of individual piston pumps P1

cation . WORKING MODE selector: position P
. Pump speed: 2300 rpm.
Pump torque (kgm)

(lb.ft.)
Q (ᐍ/min)
(gpm)
200
(52.8)
144.6 bar (2097.1 psi)

174.8 ᐉ/min (46.18 gpm)
178
(47) 25
(180.8)
170
(44.9)
21.4
(154.8)
137.2 bar (1989.8 psi)
20
150 161.2 ᐉ/min (42.59 gpm) 172.8 bar (2506.1 psi) (144.6)
(39.6) 173.5 ᐉ/min (36.3 gpm)
Maximum 15
delivery (108.5)
264.6 bar (3721.5 psi)

88.3 ᐉ/min (23.3 gpm)
172.8 bar (2506.1 psi)
Pump characteristics
117 ᐉ/min (30.9 gpm) 10

100 (72.3)
(26.4)
Minimum
delivery
5
(36.2)
264.6 bar (3721.5 psi)

65.2 ᐉ/min (17.2 gpm)
50 0
(13.2)
Gear pump P2 pressure: 19.8 bar (284.4 psi)
0
49 98 147 196 245 265 294 P(bar)
(711) (1422) (2133) (2844) (3555) (3839) (4266) (psi)
RKP08062
H When measuring the deliveries with the pumps mounted on the machine, it becomes difficult to use
the accelerator to set the number of engine rpm corresponding to the test speed prescribed for the
pump.
Measure the delivery with the engine set to 2300 rpm, and perform a proportional calculation to find
the delivery value required for the test.
PC75R-2 20-15
Classifi- . Delivery of individual piston pumps P1

cation . WORKING MODE selector: position E
Pump torque (kgm)

(lb.ft.)
Q (ᐍ/min)
(gpm)
200
(52.8)
178 78.2 bar (1134.1 psi)

(47) 174.8 ᐉ/min (46.18 gpm) 25
170 (180.8)
(44.9) 62.2 bar (902.1 psi)
165.1 ᐉ/min (43.62 gpm)
104.8 bar (1519.9 psi) 20

150 138.7 ᐉ/min (36.64 gpm)
(39.6) (144.6)
16.2
(117.1)
15
(108.5)
Maximum
delivery
100 10
(26.4) (72.3)
99.9 bar (1448.8 psi)
118.7 ᐉ/min (31.36 gpm)
264.6 bar (3721.5 psi)

57 ᐉ/min (5.68 gpm)
5
Minimum (36.2)
delivery
50
(13.2) 0
264.6 bar (3721.5 psi)

28.4 ᐉ/min (7.5 gpm)
Gear pump P2 pressure: 19.8 bar (284.4 psi)
0
49 98 147 196 245 265 294 P(bar)
(711) (1422) (2133) (2844) (3555) (3839) (4266) (psi)
RKP08051
pump.
20-16 PC75R-2
Classifi- . Delivery of individual piston pumps P1 with swing acting

cation . WORKING MODE selector: position P
Pump torque (kgm)

(lb.ft.)
Q (ᐍ/min)
(gpm)
200
(52.8)
5.8 bar (84.1 psi)

174.8 ᐉ/min (46.2 gpm)
25
170 (180.8)
(44.9)
155,7 30.3 bar (439.7 psi)
21,3
(41.1) 141.2 ᐉ/min (37.3 gpm) (154.1)
150 20
(39.6) (144.6)
15
(108.5)
100 10
(26.4) Maximum (72.3)
delivery
25.5 bar (369.8 psi)

122.3 ᐉ/min (32.3 gpm) 5
(36.2)
Minimum
delivery
50
(13.2) 0
256.6 bar (3721.5 psi)

21.5 ᐉ/min (5.68 gpm)
264.4 bar (3839 psi)

21 ᐉ/min (5.54 gpm)
Gear pump P2 pressure: 215,6 bar (3126.8 psi)
264.4 bar (3839 psi)

4.6 ᐉ/min (1,21 gpm)
0
49 98 147 196 245 265 294 P(bar)
(711) (1422) (2133) (2844) (3555) (3839) (4266) (psi)
RKP08041
pump.
PC75R-2 20-17
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
20-18 PC75R-2
SPECIAL TOOLS
Measurement check points Symbol Code Name Q.ty Remarks
Valve clearance A 1 Commercially Feeler gauge 1 Ð

available
1 ATR800090 Compression gauge 1

Compression pressure B Kit Yanmar
TOL-97190080
2 ATR800130 Adapter 1
1 Commercially Multi-scale tachometer 1 20 - 4000 rpm

available
Engine speed C
2 ATR800060 Stroboscopic tachometer 1 6 - 30000 rpm
D 1 Commercially Digital temperature 1

Water and oil temperature available gauge ± 50 - 1200 ëC
1 Commercially Pressure gauge 2 Scale 60 bar

available

available

E available
Hydraulic pressure 4 Commercially Pressure gauge 1 Scale 600 bar

available
Kit servocontrol
5 Digital differential 1 0±1000 bar
pressure
ATR800200
1 Flowmeter 1 Delivery 0-300 ,/min.
F
2 Tube union kit 1 Ð
1 Instrument for swing brake 1 Ð

unlocking
Drift Test G
2 Union kit 1 Ð
Track shoe tension H 1 21D-98-11650 Grease nipple 1 Included in the

machine tool kit
Hydraulic drift of boom L 1 21D-62-15530 Flange 1 Mount with O-Ring

and arm cylinders code 21D-09-69870
PC75R-2 20-19
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
20-20 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASURING THE ENGINE SPEED
MEASURING THE ENGINE SPEED
When measuring the speed (rpm) of the engine, do

not touch heated parts and take care not to become
entangled in rotating elements.
H Do not start to measure engine speed until the follow-

ing conditions have been met: C1
. Engine cooling water temperature:
68 ± 80ëC (154.4 ± 176 ëF)
. Hydraulic system oil temperature:
45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
1 - Install and connect the tachometer C1.
H If a stroboscopic tachometer C2 is used, make a RKPA5120
distinct mark on the motor pulley to facilitate the

reading.
2 - Start the engine and check:

. Low idling without load (accelerator lever in «mini-
mum» position).
. High idling without load (accelerator lever in
«maximum» position).
H Low idling 1000 50 rpm
H High idling 2160w50 rpm
H If the minimum and maximum engine speeds

without load do not fall within the correct range,
check the position stops of the accelerator lever RKPA5130
and the accelerator cable sheathing (See «AC-

CELERATOR LEVER ADJUSTMENT») before
performing the stress tests.
. Engine rpm with the pumps working.

H Max. speed with the P1 pump working:
2290w50 rpm
H Max. speed with the P1 and P2 pumps working:
2285w50 rpm
H If the efficiency is not within the permissible limits,
call the Authorised Repair Shop to come and give
the engine a diagnostic check.
PC75R-2 20-21
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE
H Adjust clearance between valves and rocker levers as

follows: 1
Unit: mm (in.) 2
Intake valve Exhaust valve
At cold
engine
0.20 (0.0078) 0.20 (0.0078)
H Ignition order 1-3-4-2-1.....

H Normal rotation sense: counterclockwise from fly-
wheel view.
. Adjusting procedure RKPB1092
1 - Remove the suction pipe (1) and the valves cover

(2).
2 - Rotate crankshaft in normal direction as long as 4
cylinder piston to be checked is at compression
3
Top Dead Center (PMS).
H In this position intake and exhaust valves are
closed.
3 - Loose lock nut (3) and unscrew tappet (4) of about
1 turn.
5
YES
SI NO
NO
H Check that valve insert (5) is laying flat on
valve stem and that it is not worn askew.
1 - If valve inserts (5) are damaged, replaced
them with new ones. RKP10490
5
2 - Make sure that inserts feet and lay flat on
valve stem.
4 - Connect A1 feeler gauge between insert and rock-
er lever to adjust; rotate the tappet (4) until touch- 4
ing A1 feeler gauge.
3
Tight tappet (4) with lock nut (3). A1
H After tightening the lock nut, check the clear-
ance again.
5 - Adjust with same procedures second cylinder
valve and repeat same operation for the other cy-
linders, according to the ignition order.
RKP10500
. Cover valves installation

2 8
1 - Check condition of cover valves (2), gasket (6), O-
Rings (7) and lock nuts (8); clean carefully contact 7
surface on cylinder head.
2 - Install valves cover (2), fit O-Rings (7) and lock
nuts (8).
Cover lock nut: 25w3 Nm (18.4w2.2 lb.ft.)
6
RKP10510
20-22 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASURING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
MEASURING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
When measuring the compression pressure be care-

ful not to get caught in cooling fan, in the alternator 1
belt or in other rotating parts.
H Test condition: 2
. Engine: at operating temperature
. Hydraulic oil: 55 ± 60ëC (131 ± 140ëF)
. Battery: at full charge
. Valve clearance: adjusted (see «ADJUSTING
VALVE CLEARANCE»)
1 - Disconnect high pressure pipe (1).
2 - Remove nozzle holder assembly (2) of cylinder to be RKPA5140
checked.
3 - Disconnect connector (3) of fuel cut-off solenoid valve
(4).
3
4 - Crank engine with starting motor.
RKPA5150
5 - Install B2 adapter and connect B1 pressure gauge.

H Check that seal is installed in the adapter and that
it is not damaged.
6 - Crank engine with starting motor and measure com-
B2
pression pressure.
H Compression value:
Normal: 35w1 kg/cm2 (497.7w14.2 psi)
Minimum permissible 28w1 kg/cm2
(398.1w14.2 psi) at 250 rpm B1
H Difference between cylinders: 2 ± 3 kg/cm2
(28.4 ± 42.6 psi)
7 - After measuring, install the nozzle holder assembly RKPA5160
(2), connect high pressure pipe, feedback pipe and

connector (3).
Nozzle holder collar bolts: 6.9 ± 8.8 Nm
(5.1 ± 6.5 lb.ft.)
(psi)
Compression pressure (kg/cm2)
40
High pressure union: 19.6 ± 24.5 Nm (569)
(14.4 ± 18 lb.ft.) 35
(498)
30
(427)
25
(356)
20
(284)
200 250 300 350 400

Engine speed (rpm)
RKP10521
PC75R-2 20-23
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING
H Check fuel injection timing of N.1 cylinder by means

of N.1 delivery valve of injection pump.
H Cylinders are numbered 1-2-3-4 starting from flywheel
side. Counter-
Senso
clockwise
antiorario 1
H On the flywheel there are marked the notches corre-
sponding \to injection time of 0ë- 10ë - 15ë - 20ë; to
note the intermediate values, divide in equal parts
the sector between two notches.
1 - Remove plug (1) from flywheel housing.
Senso
Clockwise
orario
RKPA5170
2 - Using a screwdriver putted between teeth, rotate the

crankshaft in clockwise direction (from flywheel side
view) until to align the mark on flywheel with mark
(2) located inside the inner housing hole. Mark
Riferimento
2
H In this position, N. 1 and N. 4 cylinder pistons are
both at Top Dead Centre (TDC); check that N.1
cylinder is at the end of compression stroke, with
both intake and exhaust valves closed.
If valves are not closed, rotate the crankshaft of 1
turn. Flywheel notch
Tacca volano
(PMS)
(PMS)
H After recognition of TDC, rotate the crankshaft in
clockwise direction (from flywheel side view) of
about 25 teeth. RKPA5180
3 - Disconnect all fuel delivery pipes (3) from injection

pump.
4 - Move externally the stop engine lever (4) and fix the
position with a temporary string.
4
5 - Rotate crankshaft slowly in counterclockwise direc-
tion (from flywheel side view), checking carefully fuel 3
level into the N. 1 delivery union of injection pump;
stop the rotation as soon as fuel level starts to in-
crease.
RKPA5190
6 - Check the 10ë ignition timing notch position on fly-

wheel \against the notch on housing hole.
If both notches are aligned, the injection timing is of
10ë; if the notch on flywheel exceeds the notch of
hole, the injection timing value is lower. 15°
H Standard fuel injection timing: 10-12ë 20°
10°
15°
10°
1/4
Notch
Riferimento
2
RKPA5200
20-24 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING
7 - If injection timing is not within standard value, rotate

\the injection pump (5) toward external or toward en-
gine after loosening pump nuts (6) and bolt (7) fixing 5
the bracket to injection pump. 6
. To RETARD injection, rotate the pump (5) toward
external.
. To ADVANCE injection, rotate the pump (5) to-
ward cylinders block. 7 8
8 - Tight the pump lock nuts (6) at cylinder block and the
\bolt (7) fixing injection pump to bracket (8).
Nuts: 34.2 ± 44.1 Nm (25.2 ± 32.5 lb.ft.)
Bracket bolt: 44.1 ± 53.9 Nm (32.5 ± 39.7 lb.ft.) RKPA5210
9 - Connect fuel delivery pipes (3) to pump.

Delivery pipe unions: 19.6 ± 24.5 Nm
(14.4 ± 18 lb.ft.)
10 - Release the stop engine lever and carry out air bleed-
ing.
PC75R-2 20-25
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION

1. Tension check
1 - Push fan belt (1) at midway point between alterna-
tor (2) and pulley operating water pump; check the 1
deflection. 2
With a pressure of 10 kg (22 lb.)), deflection
should be of 10 ± 15 mm (0.4 ± 0.6 in.); if this va-
lue is not reached, tension fan belt.
H With new belt, deflection must be of 7 ± 9 mm
(0.3 ± 0.35 in.).
RKPA5220
2. Fan belt tension 4

1 - Loosen mounting bolt (3) of the alternator (2) and
mounting bolt (4) of adjustment plate.
2 - Rotate the alternator (2) to give correct tension to
fan belt (1) and tighten mounting bolts (3) and (4).
3 - Check fan belt (1) tension.
H If belt has been replaced, check tension again
3
after about 20 operating hours.
Mounting bolt (3):
44.1 ± 53.9 Nm (32.5 ± 39.7 lb.ft.) RKPB5600
Mounting bolt (4):

22.5 ± 28.4 Nm (0.88 ± 1.11 lb.ft.)
Water pump 10kg (98 N)
Puleggia pompa
pulley
acqua
10⫼15mm
Altenator
Alternatore
Crankshaft
Puleggia
pulley
albero motore
RKP10530
20-26 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING THE STROKE OF THE ACCELERATOR LEVER
ADJUSTING THE STROKE OF THE ACCELERATOR LEVER
H Test conditions:
. Engine: Switched off, but at working temperature.
. Low idling: within correct range.
. Hydraulic oil: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF)
. Accelerator lever at the mid-point of its stroke.
1 2
1 - Use the stretcher (2) to eliminate clearance in the
jacket (1).
RKPA5240
2 - Raise the right-hand cover in order to reach the

screws (3) and (4).
3 - Unscrew the nuts (5) and (6) and tighten the screws
(3) and (4) in the support.
4 - Move the accelerator lever (9) slowly towards low id- 9
ling position. Stop this movement when the lever (7) 5 3 9 6 4
on the cover of the injection pump comes into contact
with the low idling adjustment screw (8).
5 - Adjust the screw (3) until it is 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)from
the lever (9) and lock it in this position with the nut (5).
6 - Move the lever (9) towards the high idling position. RKPA5250
Stop this movement when the lever (7) on the cover
of the injection pump rests against the lead-sealed
high idling adjustment screw (10).
7 - Adjust the screw (4) to 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) from the le- 8 10
ver (9) and lock it in this position with the nut (6).
H After adjustment, replace the right-hand cover
and check that the aperture does not impede
the movement of the lever (9) towards its extreme
positions.
RKPA5260
PC75R-2 20-27
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING PPC VALVES CLEARANCE
ADJUSTING PPC VALVES CLEARANCE
Adjust PPC valve levers clearance as follows.
Rest the work equipment on the ground and stop the

engine.
Turn the ignition key to position «I» and move the
control levers in all directions to relieve all pressure 2
in the hydraulic circuits.
Turn the ignition key to position «O» (OFF) and re- 1 3
move it.
Put the safety device lever in its «ENGAGED» posi- 4
tion.
Slowly unscrew the filling-cap of the oil-tank to re-
lease any residual pressure.
1. Front equipment and swing PPC valves

1 - Unscrew the retaining nut (1) of the disk (2).
2 - Screw the disk (2) down until it comes into light
contact with the four plungers (3). Tighten it for an-
other 1/8th of a turn (45ë).
H During this adjustment, take care not to acti-
vate the plungers (3).
3 - Secure the position with the retaining nut, tigh-
tened to the specific torque.
Retaining nut: 30w3 Nm (22.1w2.2 lb.ft.) RKP06380
20-28 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING THE SAFETY MICROSWITCH
ADJUSTING THE SAFETY MICROSWITCH
H Test conditions:
. Engine: switched off but at working temperature.
2
1 - Unscrew the nut (1) that secures the microswitch (2).
2 - Tighten or unscrew the microswitch (2) to the extent
indicated.
H Projection of microswitch: 16 1 mm (0.63 0.04 in.)
3 - Secure it in position with the nut (1). 1
RKPA5270
2
1
16 0+1
RKP07480
PC75R-2 20-29
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASURING THE SWING CIRCLE AXIAL CLEARANCE
MEASURING THE SWING CIRCLE AXIAL CLEARANCE

1. Test procedure
1 - Park the machine on firm, flat ground, revolving
frame aligned with the track shoe.
2 - Extend the boom, the arm and the bucket, in such
a way that they cover the maximum radius of ac-
tion when the teeth of the bucket are at the same
height as the lower platform of the revolving
frame.
RKP10560
3 - Attach a comparator with a magnetic base (1) to

the rear of the track frame (2), and so that the tra-
cer rests below the outside ring of the swing circle
(3).
3
4 - Preload the comparator by about 3 mm (0.118 in.)
and set this measurement to zero.
2
RKPA5280
5 - Close the bucket, position the arm perpendicular

to the ground and rest the back of the bucket on
the ground.
6 - Push down with the boom until the front of the ma-
chine rises, transferring the weight of the track
frame onto the sprocket.
7 - Check the movement of the comparator (1) in 150 -- 200 mm
(5.91 -- 7.88 in.)
these conditions. The value read corresponds to
the value of the swing circle axial clearance.
H For the standard value of the clearance, see
«STANDARD MAINTENANCE». RKP10551
While the machine is off the ground, take

care not to put hands or feet beneath the
track shoes.
8 - Return the machine to phase 2 conditions and

check that the comparator returns to «zero». If it
does not, repeat the test, starting at phase 4.
20-30 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK-SHOE TENSION
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK-SHOE TENSION

1. Test
H Test conditions:
. Firm, flat ground.
. Work equipment resting on the ground.
1 - Swing the turret 90ë to the side of the track to be
tested. 100 -- 150 mm
(3.94 -- 5.91 in.)
2 - Close the bucket, position the arm perpendicular
to the ground and rest the bucket on the ground.
3 - Push down with the boom until the track-shoe to
be tested has been raised completely from the RKP10541
ground.
4 - Measure the distance between the track-shoe

race and the central track rollers.
H Measure «A» between track roller and track-
shoe: 20 ± 25 mm (0.79 ± 0.98 in.)
"A"
RKPA5290
2. Adjustment
If track-shoe tension is not within permissible limits,
adjust them as follows.
H Before introducing the grease-pump (2), and on

completion of the adjustment, thoroughly clean
the grease nipple and the surrounding area.
1 - If the tension is too slack. 1
Inject grease through the grease nipple (1), using
the grease nipple H1.
H If the grease proves difficult to inject, slowly
move the machine backwards and forwards
over a short stretch. RKPA5300
2 - If the tension is too tight.

Loosen the grease nipple (1) slowly to allow
grease to flow out of the valve.
The grease contained in the stretching cylin-

der is under pressure and could injure the op-
erator. For this reason the valve should not
be loosened by more than one turn. H1
H If the grease does not flow easily, move
the machine backwards and forwards
slowly over a short stretch.
2
RKPA5310
PC75R-2 20-31
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS AIR BLEEDING FROM HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS
AIR BLEEDING FROM HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

Order for operations and procedure for bleeding air
Air bleeding procedure

Air bleeding item 1 2 3 4 5 6
Bleeding Bleeding Bleeding Bleeding air

air from Start engine air air from from travel Start
Nature of work from swing operations
pump cylinder motors motor
. Replace hydraulic oil p p p p p p

. Clean strainer ,1 ,1
. Replace return filter element p p
. Replace, repair pump
. Remove suction piping
p p p p
. Replace, repair control valve p p p p

. Replace cylinder
. Remove cylinder piping
p p p
. Replace swing motor

. Remove swing motor piping
p p
. Replace travel motor, swivel

. Remove travel motor, swivel piping p p
,1: Bleed the air from the swing motors or travel motors only when the oil inside the motor case has been drained
1. Bleeding air from pump P1

H When the hydraulic oil tank is drained, or when the
main pumps are removed for revision or replacement,
air must be bled from the intake circuit as follows:
1
1 - Loosen air bleed plug (1) from body pump (2).
2 - Fill the tank with oil up to the level of the hole in
the plug (1).
3 - Tighten plug (1).
2
Plug: 7.35w1.47 Nm (5.42w1.08 lb.ft.)
4 - Continue to fill the tank until the maximum level is
reached. RKPA7700
5 - Starting the engine and run the engine at low id-

ling for 10 minutes.
(See «Bleeding air from hydraulic cylinders»)
20-32 PC75R-2
2. Bleeding air from hydraulic cylinders

H Once the hydraulic cylinders or the tubes connected
to them have been removed, the air must be bleed
as follows:
1 - Start the engine and run at idling for approx. 5
minutes.
2 - Run the engine at low idling, then raise and lower
the boom 4-5 times in succession.
H Operate the piston rod to approx. 100 mm
(3.94 in.) before the end of its stroke.
3 - Increase engine speed to high idling and repeat
the operations described at point 2. Reduce en-
gine speed to low idling and take the piston
through its entire stroke until the hydraulic pump
has reached maximum pressure.
4 - Repeat the operations (starting from point 2) for
the cylinders of the 2nd boom, the arm and the
bucket.
3. Bleeding air from swing motor

1
1 - Connect hoses (1), drain hose (2) and brake swing
release hose (3).
2 - Fill the swing motor case with hydraulic oil from
union (4) 3
RKPA5320
3 - Connect hose (5).

4 - Start engine at low idling for approx. 10 minutes. 5 4
5 - Slowly swing in both direction few times.
1
2
RKPA5330
PC75R-2 20-33
4. Air bleeding from travel motors

1 - Apply on drain union (1) a temporary hose «A» to
catch oil leakage.
2 - Start the engine and bring it to low idling speed for
few minutes.
3 - Turn the upper structure of 90ë and, pushing with
boom on the bucket, raise the chain track from the
ground.
1
4 - Slowly turn the raised chain track on both direc-
tion until from oil drain hose the oil comes out
without air bubbles. RKPA5340
5 - Stop the engine and connect the drain hose (1).

6 - Repeat the drain operation also for the other chain
track. A
RKPA5350
20-34 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE CIRCUITS
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE CIRCUITS
1 - Rest the work equipment on the ground and stop the

engine.
2 - Put the ignition key at position «I» and move the con- 0 1
trol lever in all directions to relieve all pressure in the
main hydraulic circuits and the PPC valves.
3 - Turn the ignition key to position «O» (OFF) and re-
move it.
0 1
4 - Put the lever of the safety device into the «LOCKED»
position.
5 - Slowly loosen the oil-tank filler-cap to release any re-
sidual pressure. RKP10570
PC75R-2 20-35
CHECKING AND REGULATING PRESSURE
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS
CHECKING AND REGULATING PRESSURE IN THE

HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS
INTRODUCTION
. The control valve is divided into two normally indepen- 3
dent sections, supplied by pumps P1 e P2 respec-
tively.
. Each section is protected against overpressures by a
main (or primary) relief valve with a regolable car-
tridge.
. Each section is protected by safety valve with pre-set-
ting cartridge.
1
SEZIONE 1
SECTION
1- Main relief valve (Section 1)
2- Main relief valve (Section 2)
3- Safety valve
SEZIONE 2
P2
SECTION
P1 P2 2
DIESEL
DIESEL TANK
SERBATOIO
P1
1
RKP10580
. The sections consist of the spools that govern:
Sec- Control Ports

tion
Swing (Left-Right) A1 - B1
1 9
Blade (Down-Up) A2 - B2 9
10 10
L.H. travel motor (Backward-Forward) A3 - B3
R.H. travel motor (Forward-Backward) A4 - B4
8 8
Boom (Raise-Lower) A5 - B5 7 7
Arm (Open-Close) A6 - B6 6 6
2
Bucket (Curl-Dump) A7 - B7
5 5
Boom swing (Left-Right) A8 - B8
Attachment (L.H. side - R.H. side) A9 - B9 4 4
] 2-piece boom (Down-Up) A10 - B10 3 3
] Optional 2 2
1 1
PORTS
UTILIZZI A B RKP10590
20-36 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND SETTING OF MAIN VALVES
TESTING AND SETTING OF MAIN VALVES
H Check condition:
. Engine: at working temperature
. Engine idling MIN. and MAX.: within standard
values
. WORKING MODE selector: position P
. Swing lock pin: applied.
Release the remain pressure from circuits.

(See «REMAIN PRESSURE REMOVAL FROM CIR-
CUITS»).
1. Main valve Section 1

1 - Connect to pressure port M1 the gauge E3 (400
bar).
M1
2 - Start the engine and bring the accelerator on high E3
idling speed position.
3 - Acting on one of upper attachments (boom, arm,
bucket) bring the piston rod at the end of its stroke
and check that the pressure value reading on
gauge is 265w5 bar (3842.3w72.5 psi).
H If the reading values on gauge are not the same
as shown, proceed to main valves setting.
RKPB1250
2. Main valve Section 2

1 - Connect to pressure port M1 the gauge E3 (400
bar).
2 - Start the engine and bring the accelerator on high
idling speed position.
3 - Raise the blade up to the end of stroke and check
that the gauge connected to port M2 shows a
pressure of 206w5 bar (2987.6w72.5 psi).
E3
4 - Put the blade on the ground and make the upper
structure swing on both directions; check that the
gauge connected to port M2 shows a pressure va-
lue of 206w5 bar (2987.6w72.5 psi).
H If the pressure values are lower than the value M2

shown, check the safety valves of swing motor.
RKPB1000
PC75R-2 20-37
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND SETTING OF MAIN VALVES
3. Main valves setting

To make the valve setting, prepare the machine in
the same way as for pressure testing.
1nd
2 a Section
Sezione
1 - Loosen the locking nut (1).
2 - Adjust the pressure with screw (2).
. To INCREASE the pressure turn in CLOCKWISE 12sta Sezione
Section
direction.
. To DECREASE the pressure turn in COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE direction.
3 - Lock the position with nut (1).
Locking nut: 49 ± 59 Nm (36.1 ± 43.5 lb.ft.) RKPA5360
RKP10600
20-38 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING PC VALVE
ADJUSTING PC VALVE
H In case the engine speed lowers as a load becomes

larger, or in case the work equipment speed is slow
even though the engine speed, pump discharge pres-
sure and LS differential pressure are normal, adjust
the PC (1) valve according to the following procedure.
1 - Loosen the lock nut (2). For the cases of slow speed, 1
turn the sleeve (3) clockwise, and for the cases of low-
ering of engine speed, turn the sleeve counterclock-
wise.
H Clockwise rotation of the sleeve «increases» the
suction torque of the pump, and counterclockwise
rotation «decreases» the absurption torque. RKPB0500
H Rotation range of the sleeve (3) shall be within

180ë for both clockwise and counterclockwise.
2 - After adjustment finished, tighten the lock nut (2).
Lock nut: 100.5w12.3 Nm (74w9.06 lb.ft.)
2
3
RKP10610
PC75R-2 20-39
MEASURING LS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS AND ADJUSTING LS VALVE

AND ADJUSTING LS VALVE
1. Measuring DPLS differential pressure
i) Disconnect pipe (1) and connect a Tee on the union
(2); screw an adapter (3) on the Tee.
Connect pipe (1). 2
RKPA5370
3 E5
RKPB1500
ii) Connect the pressure gauge E5 to adapter (3) on

control valve and to adapter M1 (delivery pump P1).
iii) Measure the DPLS differential pressure according to
the conditions shown in table 1.
Table 1
M1
Differential
Work Fuel Operation pressure
mode lever bar (psi)
P Full Lever at NEUTRAL 25 - 39

(362.5 - 565.6)
Vehicle speed with

P Full increment 21w1 RKPB1010
Travel idling (lever full) (304.6w14.5)
NOTE: Travel idling at one side
20-40 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS AND ADJUSTING LS VALVE
2. Adjusting of the LS valve

If the values obtained during the measurement of the
differential pressure according to the foregoing condi-
tions are not in the standard value range, adjust the
LS valve (3) according to the following procedure. 3
1 - Loosen the lock nut (4) and turn the screw (5) to
adjust.
. Turn the screw:
CLOCKWISE to increase the differential pres-
sure;
COUNTERCLOCKWISE to decrease the dif-
ferential pressure.
RKPB0501
. Adjusting amount for one turn of the screw:

13.2 kg/cm2 (187.7 psi).
2 - After-the adjustment finished, tighten the locknut
(4).
4
Lock nut: 56.4w7.4 Nm (41.6w5.45 lb.ft.)
NOTE: Make sure to adjust the LS valve with measur-

ing the differential pressure.
RKP10620
PC75R-2 20-41
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING PRESSURES
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS IN THE SERVOCONTROL FEED UNIT
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING PRESSURES IN THE

H Test conditions:
Release any residual pressures from the circuits M3

(See «RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURES FROM
THE CIRCUITS»).
1 - Connect the pressure gauge E1 to the adapter

M3.
E1
2 - Start the engine and move the accelerator into its
maximum position.
RKPB1020
3 - Put the lever of the safety device in its working po-
sition, (UNLOCKED).
4 - Bring a servocontrol circuit up to pressure by op-
erating the work equipment (i.e. bucket).
5 - Check the working pressure on the pressure
gauge E1.
H Working pressure: 29 3.5 bar
(420.6 50.8 psi)
H If the working pressure is lower that the per-
missible value, check servocontrol feed unit
valve
RKP10630
20-42 PC75R-2
MEASURING PUMPS DELIVERY AND FLOW
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL STARTING POINT PUMP P1

CONTROL STARTING POINT PUMP P1
H Test conditions:
. Engine: at working temperature.
. WORKING MODE selector: position P.
. Work equipment on the ground and made safety.
. Swing lock pin inserted
1. Connecting the flowmeter

1 - Disconnect the delivery tube of the pump to be
tested.
2 - Connect the delivery outlet of the pump to the inlet
port of the flowmeter F1.
3 - Connect the discharge port of the flowmeter to the
tube disconnected in phase 1.
To
Alcontrol valve
distributore
4 - Mount a rev. counter (C1 or C2) to measure that
the delivery from the tested pump is within the tol-
1
erances allowed for the rated engine rpm.
H If an electronic pressure-transducer type rev.
counter is installed on a diesel supply tube From hydraulic
Dalla pompapump
to the nozzle, make sure that it is mounted
at a distance from the hose-clamps.
H When measuring deliveries with the pumps
mounted on the machine, it is difficult to use
the accelerator to count the precise number F1
of revs needed for this test.
RKP10640
Make delivery measurements with the engine

running at a speed close to the test speed and
then make a proportional calculation.
Example:
MEASUREMENT
Engine speed: 2275 rpm
Delivery: 108.80 ,/min (28.744 US.gpm)
PROPORTIONAL DELIVERY AT 2300 rpm
108.80 x 2300 = 110 ,/min
ÐÐÐÐ
2275
28.744 x 2300 = 29.059 US.gpm

ÐÐÐÐ
2275
2. Measurement for pump P1

1 - Start the engine and bring it up to a speed of 2300
rpm.
2 - Adjust the delivery pressure with the flowmeter
knob (1) and measure the effective delivery of
the pump.
F1
H Perform this test several times, varying the
pressure to cover the entire duty range 1
(max. 265 bar (3843 psi)).
H Measure the flow values at each 9.8 bar
(142.1 psi) of pressure variation.
RKPB0660
PC75R-2 20-43
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL STARTING POINT PUMP P1
3 - Check the flow ± pressure values against the va-
(gpm)
Q (ᐍ /min)
lues of «P MODE» diagram as shown on «TECHNI- 200
(52.8)
CAL SPECIFICATION» making if necessary, the
proportional calculating to obtain the flow values
178
referred to 2300 rpm/min. necessary to make the (47)
control. 170
(44.9) Maximum
If the measured values are lower than those delivery
permissible, it is necessary to overhaul or to 150

(39.6)
Point of initial
regulation
replace the pump.
NOTE: Making the flow readings each 9.8 bar
(142.1 psi), also the initial pump regula-
tion is made, that, in the operating
mode «P», corresponds to a pressure
of 137w4 bar (1987w58 psi). 100
(26.4) Minimum
delivery
4 - Turn the WORKING MODE selector on position E
and repeat the checks comparing the flow values
with «E MODE» curve.
5 - Raise the working attachments, turn the WORK-
ING MODE selector on position S and start the 50
(13.2)
upper structure rotation; keeping the lever to the
end of stroke, make the flow-pressure measure-
ments and compare the values with the «S
MODE» curve. Gear pump P2 pressure: 19.6 bar (284.4 psi)
0
49 98 137.2 196 265 P(bar)
(711) (1422) (42.6) (2844) (3839) (psi)
RKP10651
3. Measurement of pump P2
1 - Start the engine and bring it at idling of 2300 rpm/
F1
min.
2 - Adjust the delivery pressure with flowmeter F1
knob (1) at 29.4 bar (426.4 psi).
3 - Check the flow ± pressure values against the va-
lues shown on «TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION»
making if necessary, the proportional calculating
to obtain the flow values referred to 2300 rpm/
min necessary to make the control.
If the measured value is lower than that per-
1
missible, it is necessary to overhaul or to re-
RKPB0670
place the pump.
20-44 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASURING TRAVEL DEVIATION
MEASURING TRAVEL DEVIATION
H Test conditions:
. Engine: at working temperature. 45°
. Track-shoe tension: within the correct range
H Let the machine travel over a firm, flat surface.
1. Measuring the deviation

Release any residual pressures (See «RELEASING
RESIDUAL PRESSURES FROM THE CIRCUITS»). RKP07460
1 - Connect the pressure gauge E3 (400 bar) to adap-

ter M1.
2 - For this measurement the boom, arm and bucket
must be folded into the appropriate travelling posi-
tions.
M1
H Fully extend the cylinder of the arm and buck-
et, and position the boom at 45ë.
3 - Bring the engine up to high idling speed.
4 - Push the travel lever forwards to the end of its
stroke.
5 - Travel for 10 metres (32.8 ft.) and then measure
the deviation accomplished by the machine over
the next 20 metres (65.6 ft.). RKPB1030
H During travel operation check discharge pressure

of pump P1.
Travel straight through without stopping for 20 m (65.6 ft.) Travel for 10 m (32.8 ft.)
10 m (32.8 ft.)
Make a mark Make a mark Make a mark
Line mark on the

20 m (65.6 ft.) ground 0
10 m (32.8 ft.)
a
Mark Mark
Measure the
dimension a Mark
of the deviation RKP07471
PC75R-2 20-45
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING THE MAXIMUM SPEED OF THE TRAVEL MOTORS
ADJUSTING THE MAXIMUM SPEED OF THE TRAVEL MOTORS
H Test conditions:
. Track-shoe tension: within the correct range
1. Test
1 - Swing the revolving frame 90ë towards the track-shoe

to be checked, and position the arm perpendicular to
the ground.
RKP07450
2 - Rest the back of the bucket on the ground and, push-

ing down with the boom and the arm, raise the ma-
chine until the track-shoe is at least 10 cm above
the ground.
3 - Make a distinct mark (1) for the test.
C2 1
4 - Bring the engine up to high idling speed.
5 - Move forwards the travel lever of the travel motor to
be tested and press the speed increment pedal.
6 - Measure the rotation speed of the driving wheel with
the tachometer C2.
H Low speed: 34w2 rpm
7 - Change to high speed travelling and check again. RKPA5400
H High speed: 57.6w2 rpm

8 - Make this measurement in both directions of rotation
and for both track shoes.
The rotation speed should be the same for both
motors.
20-46 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASURING INNER OIL LEAKAGE OF TRAVEL MOTOR
MEASURING INNER OIL LEAKAGE OF TRAVEL MOTOR
When measuring oil leakage from the travel motor,

mistaken operation of the levers can lead to acci-
dents.
Make this works using two persons and always follow
agreed signals when measuring.
H Check condition:
. Tracks tension: within the permissible values
. Upper structure: turned of 180ë.
1
1 - Remove the covers (1).
RKPA5410
2 - Disconnect drain hose (2) from the travel motor to

check and fit a blind plug at the hose end.
3 - Connect to travel motor a temporary hose «A» to
A
catch possible oil leakages.
4 - Put a steel bar «B» of 70 mm (2.758 in.) diameter be-
tween sprocket and frame.
2
5 - Run the engine and start to rotate the blocked sprock-
et; bring gradually the engine at full throttle and bring
the travel lever control to the end of its stroke.
6 - Relieve the circuit for 30 seconds and then measure
the leakage for the next minute.
H When measuring, move the motor slightly (move
the position of the valve plate and cylinder, and RKPA5351
piston and cylinder), and measure several times.

7 - Stop the engine and, with the same procedure, make
the measuring for the other travel motor.
RKPA5430
PC75R-2 20-47
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING BOOM AND ARM SAFETY VALVES
ADJUSTING BOOM AND ARM SAFETY VALVES
H Test conditions Boom

V2
. Secondary valves: set to normal values.
(See «SETTING OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY
VALVES»). 2 1
1 - Rest the work equipment on the ground, stop the en-
gine and release any residual pressures (See «RE- C2
LEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURES FROM THE CIR-
CUITS»).
RKPB1040
2 - Disconnect the pipe (1) from the coupling V2 and the

pipe (2) from coupling C2.
H Disconnect the safety valve from the arm cylinder. Arm 1
3 - Cap the pipe (2) to prevent entry of impurities.
H For the arm, cap the cylinder.
4 - Connect the tube (1) to the coupling C2. C1
H For the arm, connect the flange V2 to the coupling
C2.
5 - Unscrew the nut (6) and remove the threaded rod (5)
and the nut (4).
V2
6 - Start the engine and bring it up to high idling speed.
7 - Bring the boom cylinder bottom side or the arm cylin- RKPB1050
der head side slowly up to maximum pressure (270

bar (3916 psi)), checking that no oil leaks out of the
valve. 5
8 - Maintaining pressure, adjust the valve with the screw 6 10
(3), until a slight leakage of oil (just a few drops every Nm 70 Nm
minute) is seen coming from the flange V2. (51.6 lb.ft.) 4
3
. To INCREASE pressure, turn in a CLOCKWISE Nm 140 Nm
direction. (103.2 lb.ft.) 7
. To DECREASE pressure, turn in an COUNTER-
H Every turn of the screw (3) changes the pressure V2
by 110 bar (1595.3 psi).
9 - Block the screw (3) in position with the nut (4).
Locknut: 70 Nm (51.6 lb.ft.)
10 - Screw the rod in (5) until it comes into contact with the
retaining element (7) and then turn it back for 5-6
C2
turns. Secure it in position with the nut (6).
11 - Rest the equipment on the ground, stop the engine,
and release any residual pressures. T
12 - Re-assemble the valve connections.
RKP07441
20-48 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING 2nd BOOM SAFETY VALVES
ADJUSTING 2nd BOOM SAFETY VALVES
H Test conditions:
. Engine: at working temperature 4
. Hydraulic oil: 45 ± 55ëC (113 ±131ëF) 6
. WORKING MODE selector: position P 5
. Secondary valves: set to normal values. 2
(See «SETTING OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY 3
VALVES»). 8
1 - Rest the work equipment on the ground, stop the en- 1

gine and release any residual pressures (See «RE-
LEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURES FROM THE CIR- 7
CUITS»). RKPA5460
H Adjust the valves of one cylinder at a time.

2 - Disconnect the pipes (1), (2), (3) and (4).
3 - Use hoses of equal section to connect up the pipes in
the following manner: 10 9
pipe (1) port (5).
pipe (2) port (6)
4 - Cap pipes (3) and (4) to prevent entry of any impuri-
ties.
5 - Remove the access caps (9) to the adjustment screws
(10) and (11). 13
6 - Start the engine and bring it up to high idling speed. 7
7 - Move the 2nd boom pedal to the end of its opening
stroke.
8 - Adjust the valve (12) until a slight leakage of oil can 5
be seen from the flange (8).
. To INCREASE pressure, turn in a CLOCKWISE
direction.
. To DECREASE pressure, turn in an COUNTER-
H Every turn of the screw changes the pressure by
165 bar (2393 psi).
9 - Move the 2nd boom pedal to the end of its closing
stroke.
10 - Using the procedure indicated in point 8 adjust the
valve (13) until a slight leakage of oil is visible from 6
the port (7).
11 - Stop the engine and release any residual pressures.
12 - Replace the caps (9) and re-assemble the hydraulic 8 12
circuits.
Locknut 20 Nm (14.74 lb.ft.)
13 - Repeat the same regulation operations for the valves
of the other cylinder.
11 9
RKP07430
PC75R-2 20-49
MEASURING AND SETTING OF PRESSURE
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS SWITCH SIGNAL OVERLOAD OPERATION
MEASURING AND SETTING OF PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL

OVERLOAD OPERATION
NOTE: The illustration shows the pressure switch
without guard.
H Check condition:
. Engine: at working temperature M1
E3
1 - Connect to pressure port M1 the gauge E3 ( 400 bar).

2 - Start the engine and bring it at medium throttle.
3 - Apply the overload alarm.
4 - Raise boom until the lift end of stroke and increase RKPB1250
lowly the pressure; check the pressure value when

appear the overload signal.
H Standard operating pressure: 130 bar
(1885.4 psi)
Setting
If the operating pressure in not within the standard limits,
make the pressure switch (1) setting as follows:
1 - Remove cover (2).
2 - Raise the boom checking on gauge E3 that hydraulic
cylinder approach the operating pressure.
3 - Loose the dowel (3) and turn the adjusting screw (4) 1
until to obtain the overload alarm signal. 2
. To INCREASE the operating pressure, turn the
screw in CLOCKWISE direction.
. To DECREASE the operating pressure, turn the RKPB5610
screw in COUNTERCLOCKWISE direction.

4 - Lock the position with dowel (1).
5 - Release the pressure and repeat several times the 4
measuring to check the setting stability.
RKPB5620
20-50 PC75R-2
MEASUREMENT OF INTERNAL OIL LEAKAGES
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS IN THE SWING MOTOR
MEASUREMENT OF INTERNAL OIL LEAKAGES

IN THE SWING MOTOR
H Test conditions:
. Revolving frame: secured by the rotation-blocking
pin.
1 - Disconnect the drainage hose (1) of the motor (2).
2 - Attach a provisional hose to collect the drainage oil. 2
1
3 - Start the engine and bring it up to high idling speed.
4 - Push the swing control lever as far as it will go. RKPA5321
5 - Hold it in this position for 30 seconds and then mea-

sure the oil leakage for the next minute.
6 - Reduce motor speed to low idling, swing the revol-
ving frame 180ë and repeat the measurement.
7 - Check that the average between the two measure-
ments falls within the normal range. (See «TECHNI-
CAL DATA»).
8 - Re-assemble the hydraulic drainage circuit.
PC75R-2 20-51
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING FOR LEAKAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL JOINT
CHECKING FOR LEAKAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL JOINT
H Test conditions:
9 RH travel motor - Forwards
8 LH travel motor - Backwards
1. Functionality test 7 RH travel motor - Backwards
1 - When one of the lower-level tools (blade, travel 6 LH travel motor - Forwards
motors, speed increment, brakes) is found to be 5 Blade cylinder bottom edge (descent)
defective, one of the causes of the failure may
4 Drainage travel motor
be the swivel joint.
3 Blade cylinder top edge (rise)
2 - To confirm the defect it is sufficient to by-pass the
2 Travel speed increment
joint by connecting (using an additional length of
tubing) the input and output hoses of the joint of 1 Free
the branch to be checked.
If the defect disappears, it is certainly due to the
swivel joint.
If the defect remains, it can be due to other
causes, but not to the swivel joint.
2. Identification of defective seal
These tests should be performed on those
branches subjected to working pressures. Tests
on unstressed or unused branches are therefore
excluded.
The test method consists in pressurising the branch
under examination and measuring any leakage from
adjacent branches, as set out in the following table:
Në Branch to be tested (under pressure) Adjacent parts (Leakages) Në

External leakage (visible) ±
9 RH travel motor - Forwards
LH travel motor - Backwards 8
RH travel motor - Forwards 9
8 LH travel motor - Backwards
RH travel motor - Backwards 7
LH travel motor - Backwards 8
7 RH travel motor - Backwards
LH travel motor - Forwards 6
RH travel motor - Backwards 7
6 LH travel motor - Forwards
Blade cylinder bottom edge (descent) 5
LH travel motor - Forwards 6
5 Blade cylinder bottom side (descent)
Drainage travel motor 4
Drainage travel motor 4
3 Blade cylinder head side (rise)
Travel speed increment 2
Blade cylinder top edge (rise) 3
2 Travel speed increment
Free 1
± 2
1 Free ±
±
The numbers correspond to the numbers stamped on the input and output ports of the swivel joint.
20-52 PC75R-2
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING FOR LEAKAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL JOINT
3. Preparation for testing:

1
. travel motors
. travel brakes 2
. speed increment
1 - Relieve all residual hydraulic pressures (See «RE-
CUITS»).
3
2 - Identify the branch involved in the test (1).
3 - Disconnect the hoses (2) from the branches adjacent
to the part to be tested and cap them tightly.
Make sure that the detached tubes are securely
sealed, to prevent jets of high-pressure oil es- RKP07420
caping if circuits that are not undergoing tests

should accidentally become pressurised.
H The tubes of the adjacent branches must be dis-
connected from the upper parts of the swivel
joint.
4 - Provisional hoses (3) for collecting any oil leakages
should be connected to the inlets of the branches ad-
jacent to the one being tested.
4. Preparation for testing the blade 3

1 - Relieve all residual hydraulic pressures (See «RE-
CUITS»).
2 - Identify the branch involved in the test.
3 - Disconnect the tube corresponding to the branch to
be tested from the safety valve input and cap it.
1
Make sure that the detached tubes are securely
sealed, to prevent the escape of jets of oil at high
pressure.
4 - Cap the valve to prevent entry of impurities.
5 - Disconnect from the swivel joint the hoses (2) of the
branches adjacent to the branch to be tested, and
cap them tightly.
Make sure that the detached hoses are securely 3
sealed, to prevent jets of high-pressure oil es-
caping if the circuits that are not undergoing
tests should accidentally become pressurised.
H The tubes of adjacent branches must be discon- RKP07410
nected from the upper parts of the swivel joint.
6 - Provisional hoses (3) to collect any leaking oil should
be connected to the inlets of the branches adjacent to
the one being tested.
5. Test
1 - Start the engine and bring it up to the test speed de-
scribed for each group or component.
2 - Pressurise the branch to be tested.
3 - After 30 seconds, watch for another minute if there
are any leakages.
H If oil leaks out of one of the two provisional hoses,
it means that there is a leakage in the intermedi-
ate gasket between the branch connected to the
provisional hose and the pressurised branch.
PC75R-2 20-53
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ANALYSIS OF THE CAUSES OF HYDRAULIC DRIFTS
ANALYSIS OF THE CAUSES OF HYDRAULIC DRIFTS
H If hydraulic drift occurs in the work equipment, a

check must be carried out to see if the cause is due
to a cylinder gasket or to the control valve.
H Conditions for all checks:
. Removal and connection of tubes only after relief
of residual pressures. (See «RELEASING RESI-
DUAL PRESSURES FROM THE CIRCUITS»).
RKP07400
1. Boom test
1 - Position the machine with the arm vertical and the 3
bucket on the ground, resting on its back.
2 - Stop the engine and release any residual hydrau-
lic pressure.
3 - Disconnect the hose (1) that feeds the cylinder on 4
the head side.
H Plug the hose to keep out impurity
4 - Disconnect the hose (2) and plug it to keep out im- 1
purity. 2
RKPB1041
5 - Remove safety valve (3) together with the pipe (4)
and plug the bottom side under port using flange
L1.
H Plug the pipe to keep out impurity.
6 - Start the engine and extend the arm completely.
7 - Stop the engine and check the position of the
boom for 5 minutes.
. If the boom drops, the drift is due to the cylin-
der gasket.
. If the boom does not drop, the drift is due to
the control valve.
2. Arm test
1 - Position the machine with the arm completely ex-
tended and the bucket teeth on the ground.
lic pressure.
RKP07390
20-54 PC75R-2
3 - Disconnect the hoses (1) and (2) from the pipes

and plug them to keep out impurity.
2
Standard 3
4 - Plug the hose (1) feeding the cylinder on the head
side and connect a provisional hose on the bottom
side to collect any leating oil.
Safety valve version
5 - Remove the safety valve (3) from the cylinder and
plug it to keep out impurity. 1
6 - Plug the head side cylinder port using flange L1. RKPB1060
All version
7 - Start the engine and raise the boom.
8 - Stop the engine and check the position of the arm
for 5 minutes.
. If the arm drops, the drift is due to the cylinder
gasket.
. If the arm does not drop, the drift is due to the
control valve.
RKP07380
3. Testing the functionality of the boom and arm

safety valve. V2
H This test should be carried out after having
checked that the drift is not due to the cylinder
gaskets (See «BOOM TEST» and «ARM TEST»),
and after having checked the valve settings
(See «ADJUSTING BOOM AND ARM SAFETY
VALVES»). 2 1
1 - Depending upon which valve is to be checked, po-

sition the machine as for the «Boom test» or for the C2
«Arm test».
2 - Disconnect the hose (1) that supplies the valve RKPB1040
(port V2).
3 - Disconnect:
For the boom, the head side pipe.
For the arm, the bottom side pipe.
1
4 - Start the engine and extend the arm completely
for the «Boom test», or raise the boom for the V2
«Arm test».
5 - Stop the engine and check for leakages from the
valve for 5 minutes.
. If there is any leakage, the valve is defective.
RKPB1051
PC75R-2 20-55
4. 2nd boom test

1 - Position the machine with the arm and the 2nd
boom completely extended. Rest the bucket teeth
on the ground.
lic pressures.
RKP07370
3 - Disconnect the two pipes (1) and (2) and cap them
to prevent entry of impurities.
H If a safety valve has been installed, remove it.
4 - Cap the cylinder couplings on the bottom side and
1
attach provisional hoses on the head side to col-
lect any leaking oil.
2
RKPA5540

6 - Stop the engine and check the position of the 2nd
boom for 5 minutes.
. If the 2nd boom closes, the drift is due to the
cylinder gasket.
. If the 2nd boom does not close, the drift is due 50 cm
(19.7 in.)
to the control valve.
To check one cylinder at a time, proceed as follows:
7 - Rest the bucket on the ground and release any re-
sidual hydraulic pressures.
8 - From one cylinder remove the cap mounted on the RKP07361
bottom side during phase 4.

9 - Start the engine, raise the boom and then stop the
engine.
10 - Check the position of the 2nd boom for 5 minutes.
. If the 2nd boom closes, the drift is due to the
gaskets of the cylinder that has been capped.
11 - Repeat the operation from phase 8 to phase 10 to
test the other cylinder.
20-56 PC75R-2
5. Testing the functionality of the 2nd boom safety

valves
H This test should be performed after having ascer- V2

tained that the drift is not due to the cylinders.
(See «2nd BOOM TEST») and after having checked
the adjustment of the safety valves (See «AD-
V1
JUSTING 2nd BOOM SAFETY VALVES»).
1 - Position the machine with the arm and 2nd boom
fully extended. Rest the bucket teeth on the
ground.
2 - Stop the engine and relieve any residual hydraulic RKPA5530
pressures.
3 - Disconnect the connecting tubes of the safety
valves (two pipes of ports V1 and V2 for each
valve).
5 - Stop the engine and check the position of the 2nd
boom for 5 minutes.
50 cm
. If the 2nd boom tends to close, both safety (19.7 in.)
valves are defective.
RKP07361
6. Bucket test
1 - Position the machine with the arm vertical and the
bucket horizontal and resting on the ground. Put a
weight in the bucket, or fill it with earth.
lic pressure.
3 - Disconnect the pipes (1 and 2) of the bucket cylin-
der and cap them to prevent entry of impurities.
4 - Cap the hole in the bucket cylinder on the bottom
side and attach a provisional hose on the head
side to collect any oil leakages. RKP07350
RKPA5520
PC75R-2 20-57

bucket for 5 minutes.
. If the bucket tends to open, the drift is due to
the cylinder gasket.
. If the bucket does not tend to open, the drift is
due to the control valve. 50 cm
(19.7 in.)
RKP07341
7. Boom swing test

1 - Position the machine with the boom, arm and
bucket raised and with the revolving frame turned
90ë to the right.
lic pressure.
3 - Disconnect the pipes (1 and 2) of the boom swing
cylinder and cap them. 15°
4 - Cap the hole in the boom swing cylinder on the
bottom side and attach a provisional hose to the
head side to collect any oil leakages. RKP10660
5 - Start the engine and move the machine onto a 15ë

slope.
boom for 5 minutes.
. If the boom tends to swing, the drift is due to
the cylinder gasket.
. If the boom does not tend to swing, the drift is
due to the control valve.
1 2
RKPA5490
8. Blade test
1 - Position the machine with the arm vertical and
resting on the ground, and with the bucket resting
on its back.
2 - Bring the blade to roughly half its potential stroke
and rest it on a centrally placed block.
27 cm
3 - Stop the engine and release any residual hydrau- (10.6 in.)
lic pressure.
RKP07331
20-58 PC75R-2
4 - Disconnect the pipe (1) and the safety valve (2)

from the blade cylinder and cap them to prevent
entry of dust or foreign bodies. 1
5 - Cap the hole in the blade cylinder on the head
side and attach a provisional hose to the bottom
2
side of the cylinder to collect any oil leakages.
6 - Start the engine, push down with the boom to
raise the machine in order to remove the block
on which the blade is resting.
7 - Lower the machine and stop the engine.
8 - Check the position of the blade for 5 minutes. RKPA5420
. If the blade tends to sink, the drift is due to the

cylinder.
. If the blade does not tend to sink, the drift is
due to the safety valve group.
H To discover whether or not the drift is due to
the swivel joint, see «CHECKING FOR LEA-
KAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL JOINT - BLADE
CIRCUITS».
RKP07320
PC75R-2 20-59
9. Swing motor test

1 - Position the machine with boom, arm and bucket
raised as in the figure, and with the revolving
frame turned 90ë.
lic pressure.
RKP07310
3 - Disconnect the hoses (1 and 2) from the motor

and cap them to prevent entry of impurities. At-
tach some provisional hoses to the motor to col- 1
lect any oil leakages.
4 - Disconnect brake swing hose (3) from motor.
2
5 - Connect equipment G1 between motor and hose
(3). 3
Check that cock is open and near the hose (3).
RKPA5322
6 - Connect gauge E1 to the equipment G1.

7 - Start engine and start swing. E1
H In this way the swing brake will be disen-
gaged.
8 - With the swing brake circuit under pressure (30
bar (435 psi)) close the cock of the equipment G1.
3
G1 RKP08080
9 - Let the machine travel onto a 15ë slope, and stop

the engine.
8 - Mark the position between revolving frame and
track frame on the swing circle. Check on any
swinging movement of the revolving frame for 5
minutes.
. If the revolving frame tends to swing, the drift
is due to the swing motor.
. If the revolving frame does not tend to swing,
the drift is due to the control valve 15°
H During this test, the pressure indicated on the
pressure gauge E1 should not drop below the
limit value of 18 bar (*261 psi). RKP10670
20-60 PC75R-2
GROUP 30
40-28 PC15R-8
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
HOW TO READ THE MANUAL. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 3 ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING JOINT

PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 33
WORKING . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 4 MAIN PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
SPECIAL TOOLS . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 5 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 34
STARTER MOTOR GEAR-PUMP
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 7 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 35
ALTERNATOR SWIVEL JOINT
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 8 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 36
INJECTION PUMP SWING MOTOR
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 9 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 37
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 12 SWING MACHINERY
NOZZLE HOLDER Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 38
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 13 Disassembly . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 39
CYLINDER HEAD Assembly . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 42
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 14 CONTROL VALVE
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 16 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 45
SEAT REVOLVING FRAME
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 17 Removal .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 46
CABIN Installation. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 47
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 18 COUNTERWEIGHT
ENGINE HOOD Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 48
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 19 SWING CIRCLE
FRONT HOOD Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 49
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 20 TRACK SHOES
HEATING FAN Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 50
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 21 SPROCKET
RADIATOR Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 51
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 22 TRAVEL MOTOR
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 23 Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 52
FUEL TANK Disassembly . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 53
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 24 Assembly . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 68
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 25 BALL BEARING PRELOAD
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Adjusting . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 83
Removal and installation .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 26 AXIAL CLEARANCE ON TAPERED ROLLER
ENGINE-PUMP GROUP BEARINGS
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 27 Adjusting . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 84
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 30 IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING ASSEMBLY
PUMP GROUP Removal and installation. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 85
Removal. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 31 IDLER
Installation .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 32 Disassembly and assembly. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 86
PC75R-2 30-1
RECOIL SPRING GROUP BOOM SWING CYLINDER
Disassembly and assembly . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 87 Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 104
TRACK ROLLER BLADE CYLINDER
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 88 Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 105
CARRIER ROLLER WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDER
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 89 Disassembly . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 106
R.H. PPC VALVE (BOOM-BUCKET) Assembly . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 107
Removal . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 90 WORK EQUIPMENT (1-piece boom version)
Installation. . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 91 Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 111
L.H. PPC VALVE (ARM-SWING) WORK EQUIPMENT (2-piece boom version)
Removal . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 92 Removal . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 112
Installation. . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 93 Installation . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 113
BLADE PPC VALVE BUCKET
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 94 Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 114
TRAVEL PPC VALVE ARM
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 95 Removal . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 115
BOOM SWING PPC VALVE Installation . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 117
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 96 2-PIECE BOOM
BOOM CYLINDER (1-piece boom) Removal . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 118
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 97 Installation . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 119
BOOM CYLINDER (2-piece boom) BOOM (1-piece boom version)
Removal . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 98 Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 120
Installation. . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 99 BOOM (2-piece boom version)
2-PIECE BOOM CYLINDER Removal . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 121
Removal . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 100 Installation . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 122
Installation. . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 101 SWING SUPPORT
ARM CYLINDER Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 123
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 102 BLADE
BUCKET CYLINDER Removal and installation . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 124
Removal and installation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 103
30-2 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HOW TO READ THE MANUAL
HOW TO READ THE MANUAL

1. Removal and Installation of the groups
(1) The procedures and information needed to carry out the work of removing or Installing units or groups are
given in the removal procedure. The sequence of operations is not repeated in the installation procedure.
(2) Information needed for installation is marked with the symbol . The same symbol is repeated at the
end of each removal procedure for the same item, to indicate to which installation item it refers.
(Example)
REMOVAL GROUP : *** : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title of operation
:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety precautions to be followed when carrying

out the operation.
1 - Remove XXXX (1):. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step in removal procedure.
H : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technique or important point to remember when re-
moving XXXX (1)
2 - ~ ~ ~ (2): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This sign means that information is given for
the installation procedure
3 - Remove &&&& (3):
........... ,: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovery of oil or water, and the quantity to be re-
covered.
INSTALLATION GROUP *** : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title of operation.

. To install, reverse removal procedure.
: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technique to be used for installation.
H : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technique or important point to remember when re-
moving ~ ~ ~ (2).
. Addition of water or oil: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step in removal procedure.
H : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point to remember when adding water or oil.
2. To the precautions to be taken during the removal or installation of the groups, must be added the specific
«PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING THE OPERATIONS».
Always make sure that these precautions are taken.
3. List of special tools.

(1) For details of the descriptions, codes and quantities of each tool (A1; A2 etc.) mentioned in the operational
procedures, see the list «SPECIAL TOOLS» supplied in this section.
4. List of the tightening torques and weights, and the quantities oil, liquids or grease needed to fill
tanks and containers
(1) In the operating procedures, you will find the symbols , , , . In the following order, these
represent the values of «TIGHTENING TORQUES», «WEIGHT OF PARTS OR GROUPS», «QUANTITIES
OF OIL OR LIQUIDS TO BE INTRODUCED», «SCREW LOCKING MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND LUBRICA-
TION», «LUBRICATING GREASE».
NOTE
If no symbol is indicated, the values to be used are those given in the introductory sections of this manual.
PC75R-2 30-3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHEN WORKING
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHEN WORKING
H When dismantling or installing a part, always take the following general precautions.
1. Precautions for removal operations

. If not otherwise indicated, lower the work equipment until it rests on the ground.
. If the coolant liquid contains an anti-freeze substance, follow the instructions given for drainage.
. After having removed flanges and tubes, insert plugs to prevent impurities from entering.
. Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and tie it with wire.
. Use a sufficiently large container to collect the oil.
. Before removing a part from the machine, check the alignment reference marks which show the correct in-
stallation position. If necessary add further marks to avoid incorrect installation.
. While dismantling the connectors, always grasp them firmly to avoid undue strain on the wiring.
. If necessary, attach markers to the wires and tubes to avoid muddling them up during installation.
. Check the number and height of the adjustments to a given clearance and store them in a safe place.
. When raising the machine or some parts of it, use adequate equipment for the weight of the part concerned.
. When using screws or eyebolts to remove items of the machinery, screw them alternately, and as deeply as
they will go.
. Before removing a piece, clean the surrounding area and, after removal, cover the area to prevent dirt or
dust from gaining entrance.
2. Precautions to be taken during installation
. Tighten nuts and screws with the specified tightening torques.
. Install the flexible hoses, taking care not to entangle or twist them.
. Bend the cotter pins and stops in such a way as to secure them.
. When coating the threads with adhesives, clean the piece to remove oil and grease, then apply just enough
adhesive to cover the threading in a uniform manner.
. When applying a liquid sealant, clean the surface involved, remove residual oil and grease, check that there
are no dents or dirt, then apply the liquid sealant in a uniform manner.
. Clean all the parts, remove dirt, rust, burrs, or dents.
. Apply a film of engine oil over all the moving parts.
. Apply a film of anti-friction grease (ASL800040) over all surfaces assembled with pressure, to avoid sticking.
. After having mounted the snap-rings, check that they are firmly positioned in their seatings.
. When installing electrical system jacks, remove any oil, dust or water that may have penetrated into them,
then connect them firmly.
. If using eyebolts, check that they are not distorted, screw them in fully, and then align the eye with the hoist-
ing hook.
. Mount the flanges in a uniform manner, and tighten the screws in criss-cross sequence, to avoid excessive
pull on one side only.
3. Precautions to be taken on completion of removal and installation operations.
. If the coolant liquid has been drained away, close the drainage plug and add new liquid up to normal level.
Start the engine to circulate the liquid throughout the cooling system and then top up the level once more.
. When the hydraulic equipment has been dismantled, add engine oil to the indicated level. Start up the en-
gine to circulate the oil in the hydraulic circuits, and then top up to the indicated level.
. If hoses or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, motors, solenoid valves and valves,
are removed for repairs or substitution, bleed air from the hydraulic circuits after having re-assembled the
machine.
H For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS».
. After having re-assembled cylinder joints or cylinders, or work equipment articulations, lubricate thoroughly.
30-4 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
Nature of work Symbol Code Description Q.ty Notes
1 ATR201320 Coupling for brake 1 Ð

Removal/Installation and swing release
revolving frame
A 2 ATR200400 Rear raising equipment 1 Ð
Installation of swing
machinery for revolving frame
3 ATR200410 Front raising equipment 1 Ð
Removal/Installation of
counterweight Dynamometric wrench
B 1 ATR800230 with multiplier 1 Max. 700 kgm (700 dNm)
Disassembly/Assembly of
cylinder nut
Removal/Installation of 1 ATR200460 Pin removing tool 1 For track-shoe joint pin - idler
track-shoes C
2 ATR200450 Raising equipment For idlers
Removal/Installation of D 1 ATR200420 Swing circle raising 1 Ð
swing circle equipment
Disassembly/Assembly E 1 ATR200430 Press equipment 1 Ð
the recoil spring group
1 ATR200470 Pliers for mounting 1 All cylinders

gaskets
ATR200480 é 50 calibrator 1
ATR201330 é 55 calibrator 1 To calibrate piston rod
2 gaskets
ATR201030 é 85 plunger 1
3 ATR200520 é 100 plunger 1 To assemble piston
gaskets
ATR201030 é 85 calibrator ring 1
4 ATR200550 é 100 calibrator ring 1 To calibrate piston
gaskets
Disassembly/Assembly F
the cylinders ATR201350 é 110 calibrator ring 1
ATR200570 é 50 insertion bushing 1

for piston rod

for piston rod To mount flange
5
é 60 insertion bushing and head
ATR200580 for piston rod 1

for piston rod
Pliers for mounting
6 ATR200600 snap-ring 1 All cylinders
ATR800240 Socket wrench 1 Bucket cylinders

(6-point 55)
7
ATR800250 Socket wrench 1 Boom and arm cylinder
(6-point 70)
8 ATR200610 Tool for disassembly and 1 All cylinders

assembly cylinders
PC75R-2 30-5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SPECIAL TOOLS
Type of work Symbol Code Description Q.ty Notes

1 796T-267-1110 Plunger 1
Replace of pump seal G Replace of pump seal
2 790-201-2730 Spacer 1
Disassembly/Assembly H 1 ATR201370 Raising equipment 1 Ð
the swing bracket
1 ATR501340 Plunger 1 Removal ring
2 ATR501350 Support 1 Removal pinion
3 ATR501360 Plunger 1 Removal pinion
4 ATR501370 Plunger 1 Removal bearing
5 ATR501380 Plunger 1 Mounting seal
Disassembly/Assembly L 6 ATR501390 Plunger 1 Mounting ring
swing machinery
7 ATR501400 Plunger 1 Mounting bearing
8 ATR501410 Plunger 1 Mounting bearing
9 ATR501420 Dynamometer 1 Full scale 20 kg
10 ATR501430 Plunger 1 Place of pinion
11 ATR501440 Plunger 1 Mounting guard
1 ATR501450 Bench 1 Disassembly and assembly
2 ATR501460 Clamp 3 Ð
3 ATR501470 Plunger 1 Mounting spring
4 ATR501480 Bushing 1 Removal and mounting

shaft bearing
Disassembly/Assembly M 5 ATR501490 Plunger 1 Mounting gasket
travel motor
6 ATR501500 Plunger 1 Mounting gear group
7 ATR501510 Guide 1 Mounting bearing
8 ATR501520 Eyebolt 2 M14
9 ATR501530 Eyebolt 2 M16
10 ATR501540 Thickness gauge 1 Ð
30-6 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION STARTER MOTOR
REMOVAL OF STARTER MOTOR

Disconnect the lead from the negative (±) battery
terminal.
2
1 - Remove upper cover (1) with exhaust pipe (2).
2 - Remove lower guard. 1
RKPA5550
3 - Remove tool box (3) and heat-guard (4).
RKPB1070
4 - Disconnect electrical cable (5).

5 - Remove screw (6) and starter motor (7). 6
5
7 6
RKPA5560
INSTALLATION OF STARTER
MOTOR
. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Screw: 78.4 ± 98 Nm (57.78 ± 72.23 lb.ft.)
PC75R-2 30-7
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ALTERNATOR
REMOVAL OF ALTERNATOR
terminal.
2
1 - Remove upper cover (1) with exhaust pipe (2).
RKPA5550
2 - Remove union (3) of the exhaust pipe.
RKPB0680
3 - Disconnect cable (4) and connector (5).

7
4 - Loosen bolts (6), (7) and (8) sufficiently to allow the al-
ternator (9) to be rotate. 5
5 - Free the pulley from the fan-belt (10) and remove al-
ternator (9).
4
RKPB5601
INSTALLATION
OF ALTERNATOR
. To install, reverse the removal procedure. 10
9
H Check the union gasket of exhaust pipe.
H Adjusting of the fan-belt (For details, see «20. TEST- 8

ING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
RKPA5221
30-8 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION INJECTION PUMP
REMOVAL OF INJECTION PUMP

Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative
terminal (±).
H Close the cock (1) of separator (2) to prevent fuel leak-
age. 1
H Plug removed or disconnected pipes to avoid impurity
entry. 2
RKPB0690
1 - Disconnect pipe (3) from fuel filter.

2 - Disconnect high pressure pipes (5) from injection
pump (4). 5
4
RKPA5570
3 - Disconnect from injection pump (4) fuel feeding pipes

(6) and return pipes (7).
7 6
RKPA5580
4 - Disconnect pipes (9) and (10) from fuel feed-pump (8).

5 - Disconnect the engine stop solenoid (11) from injec- 10
tion pump (4) and remove the complete unit.
11
RKPA5191
PC75R-2 30-9
6 - Disconnect control cable (13) from accelerator lever

(12).
12
13
RKPA5241
7 - Remove the bolt and bracket (14) of injection pump

lubricating pipe.
8 - Remove injection pump lubricating pipe (15).
15
14
RKPA5590
9 - Remove screw locking coolant tank (16).

10 - Remove fan guard (17).
16
17
RKPB5630
11 - Remove the inlet cover (18) to ignition gear system

and the filler oil plug (19).
19
18
RKPA5600
30-10 PC75R-2
12 - Loosen and remove nut (20) and lock washer (21) of

pump driving gear (22).
H Be careful not to let lock washer drop in the hous- 22
ing.
21
20
RKPA5610
13 - Remove pump (4) driving gear (22).

H Before removing pump driving gear, mark posi-
X2
tion compared to idling gear. 25
H For removal, use a puller (X1) and tighten its
screws (X2) directly in the gear (22). 23
H Be careful not to damage pump shaft thread.
H During removal be careful not to let key drop (23)
in the housing.
22 X1
X2
RKP07800
14 - Remove nuts (24) (No. 4) and injection pump (4) with

relative OR rings (25).
4 24
RKPA5591
PC75R-2 30-11
INSTALLATION OF INJECTION PUMP
Feed and return pipes: 19.6 ± 24.5 Nm

(14.45 ± 18 lb.ft)
High pressure pipes: 19.6 ± 24.5 Nm

(14.45 ± 18 lb.ft)
H Replace safety cotter pin.
Lubrication pipe pump side: 9.8 ± 12.7 Nm

(7.22 ± 9.36 lb.ft)
Lubrication pipe cylinders side: 12.7 ± 16.7 Nm
(9.36 ± 12.31 lb.ft.)
Stiffening bolt: 22.5 ± 28.4 Nm
(16.58 ± 20.94 lb.ft.)
Cover gasket: Loctite 518

Timing gear system cover bolts:17.6 ± 22.5 Nm
(12.97 ± 16.58 lb.ft.)
H Align marks among gears before to install pump Ingranaggio pompa

and nut. Injection pump
d'iniezione
gear
Gear lock nut: 83.3 ± 93.1 Nm
(61.4 ± 68.6 lb.ft.)
Pump lock nuts: 34.3 ± 44.1 Nm

(25.3 ± 32.5 lb.ft.) Reference
Riferimento
1 - Check fuel injection timing.

(For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
Idling gear folle
Ingranaggio
RKP07810
30-12 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION NOZZLE HOLDER
REMOVAL OF NOZZLE HOLDER
1 - Remove suction pipe (1) with union (2). 2

1
2 - Disconnect connector (3) of clogging indicator and re-
move union (4) and filter (5).
5 3
RKPB1090
3 - Remove electrical cable bridge (6).
RKPA5141
4 - Loosen clips (7) and remove high pressure pipes (8)

and fuel recovery pipes (9).
9
5 - Remove collar (11) lock nut (10) and remove nozzle
holder (12), seat (13) and guard (14).
7
8
RKPA5620
INSTALLATION OF NOZZLE 11
HOLDER
10
High pressure pipe fittings: 19.6 p 24.5 Nm
(14.45p18 lb.ft.)
12 14
13
Collar lock nuts: 6.9 p 8.8 Nm (5.1p6.48 lb.ft.)
RKP07790
PC75R-2 30-13
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CYLINDER HEAD
REMOVAL OF CYLINDER HEAD

Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative
terminal (±).
H Drain the coolant liquid. 1
Coolant liquid: 18 , (4.75 US.gall)
1 - Remove coolant tank (1).
RKPB5631
2 - Remove suction pipe (2) with air filter union (3).

3 2
3 - Remove air filter (4) with union (5)
4
5
RKPB1091
4 - Disconnect the cable (6) from the thermostat.
5 - Remove the fastening screws of both electrical cable
bridge (7) and lifting brackets; turn the assembly over
7
towards the piston pump.
6 - Re-position the previously removed screws and tight-

en them up.
Screw: 22.5 ± 28.4 Nm (16.58 ± 20.93 lb.ft.)
RKPA5630
7 - Remove the alternator adjustment bracket (8); disen-

gage the belt and rotate the alternator (9) towards the 10
stationary hood. 8
8 - Remove nut (10), screw (11) and remove muffler (12) 12

with support (13).
13
11
9
RKPB5710
30-14 PC75R-2
9 - Remove fuel filter (14).

10 - Remove clip (15).
15
14
RKPA5571
11 - Disconnect coolant pipe (16) and heating pipe (17)

from cylinder head.
16
12 - Remove nozzle holder. (For details, see «REMOVAL
OF NOZZLE HOLDER»).
18
17
14
RKPB5720
13 - Remove the valve-tappets cover (18).

19
14 - Remove the rocker shaft (19). 21
H Loosen lock nut and unscrew valve tappets of 2-3
turns.
15 - Remove the push rods (20). 22
20
RKP07780
16 - Remove screw (21) and the cylinder head (22) follow-

ing the indicated order for bolts loosening. BOLT LOOSENING ORDER
H Bolts loosening order: see illustration
Loosen cylinder head bolts in two stages.
7 16 14 6
1 9 18 12 4
3 11 17 10 2
5 13 15 8
RKP07820
PC75R-2 30-15
INSTALLATION OF CYLINDER HEAD
1 - Fill the cooling circuit.
Coolant liquid: 18 , (4.75 US.gall)

2 - Start engine to allow liquid circulation in all circuits;
stop the engine and check the level.
Screw: 22.5 ± 28.4 Nm (16.58 ± 20.93 lb.ft.)
H Adjust fan belt tension (for details see «20. TEST-

H Replace exhaust pipe gasket.

Nut and screw: 22.5 ± 28.4 Nm
(16.58 ± 20.93 lb.ft.)
3 - Check the condition of valves cover gasket and of

lock nuts OR rings, clean carefully contact surface
on cylinders head.
Cover lock nuts: 25w3 Nm (18.42w2.21 lb.ft.)
H Check that tappets are firmly engaged in the rods

and that the valves collar are correctly as-
sembled.
H Start the rocker shaft tightening starting from the
center to external.
Rocker shaft bolts: 44.1 ± 53.9 Nm
(32.5 ±39.7 lb.ft.)
H Adjust valves clearance. (For details, see «20.

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
H Assemble a new gasket.

H Lubricate with engine oil bolts thread and cylinder
block.
H Tighten screws, first manually and after in two
stages, according to assigned order.
Cylinder head bolts. BOLT TIGHTENING ORDER
1st Tightening: 49 ± 59 Nm (36.1 ± 43.5 lb.ft.)
Final tightening: 103 ± 113 Nm
(75.9 ± 83.3 lb.ft.) 13
12 3 5
18 10 1 7 15
16 8 2 9 17
14 6 4 11
RKP07830
30-16 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SEAT
REMOVAL OF SEAT
Lower the work equipment until it is resting on the
ground, switch off the engine and remove the ignition
key.
1
1 - Raise the front window (1) completely.

2 - Remove the lower window (2) and place it in the sup-
ports provided at the back of the cabin.
3 - Remove the four screws (3) that secure the seat.
H Slide the seat forwards and backwards in order to
reach the screws.
4 - Remove the seat.
Seat: 32 kg (70.5 lb.)
INSTALLATION OF SEAT 2
RKPB1280
RKPB0940
PC75R-2 30-17
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CABIN
REMOVAL OF CABIN
ground, switch off the engine and remove the ignition
key.
1 - Disconnect the connector (1) and hose (2) from the

windshield-washer tank and remove all the clamps 1
fixing them.
4
2 - Disconnect the heating hose (3) from the diffuser (4).
3 - Move the back of the operator's seat completely for- 3
ward and remove the panel (6) fixing screw (5).
2
4 - Raise the pane (6), disconnect the heating hose (7) RKPB1110
from the diffuser (8) and remove the panel (6).

5 - Remove the knob (9), remove the screws (10) (Në 3)
5
and remove the panel (11). 8
6 6
6 - Disconnect the connector (12).
7
7 - Remove the cable fixing screws (13) (në 7).
8 - Remove the upper protective caps and mount the
hoisting eyebolts (7).
9 - Attach the eyebolts (7) to the hoisting tackle and
move the cabin.
Cabin: 250 kg (551 lb.)
RKPB1120
INSTALLATION OF CABIN
14
H Make sure that the short screw (8) is placed on the
LH side.
10
12 15
9
13
11
RKPB11 RKPB1100
30-18 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE HOOD
REMOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD

ground and switch off the engine.
1 - Detach the gas cylinder (1) from the engine hood (2).
2 - While holding up the engine hood (2) remove the
screws (3) that attach the hood to the hinges (4). 1
H Mark the position of any shims.

Engine hood: 60 kg (132 lb.)
2
RKPB0560
INSTALLATION OF ENGINE HOOD

3
H Check the centering and adjustment of the clos-

ing hook (5).
H Position any shims.
Replace the cotter pins (6). 4
RKPB0570
6
5
RKPB0950
PC75R-2 30-19
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION FRONT HOOD
REMOVAL OF FRONT HOOD

2
1 - Detach the gas cylinder (2) from the support (1).
RKPA5660
2 - While holding up the engine hood (3), remove the

screws (4) that attach (5) the hood to the hinges (3). 4
H Mark the position of any shims.

Engine hood: .............kg (.............. lb.)
INSTALLATION OF FRONT HOOD

RKPA5670
H Check the centering and adjustment of the clos-

ing hook (6).
H Position any shims.
Replace the cotter pins (7).
RKPA5680
30-20 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HEATING FAN
REMOVAL OF HEATING FAN

Disconnect the cable from accumulator negative 2

terminal (±).
3
Drain the coolant liquid to a level below that of the
connecting tubes (2-3) between the engine and the
heating fan. 1
Cooling liquid: approx. 5 , (1.32 US.gall)

1 - Disconnect clamp (1) and pipes (2) and (3) from the
engine and lower the terminals so as to thoroughly RKPA5631
drain the liquid from the heating radiator.
Cooling liquid: approx. 1.5 , (0.396 US.gall)

5 7
2 - Move the back of the operator's seat completely for-
ward and remove the panel (5) fixing screws (4). 5
3 - Raise the panel (5), disconnect the heating hose (6) 6
from the diffuser (7).
4 - Remove the knob (8), remove screw (9) (në 3) and re-
move the panel (10).
4
5 - Move the seat forwards as far as it will go.
6 - Disconnect the pipes (11), remove the side screws
(12) that lock the fan unit (13) and disconnect the con-
RKPB1121
nector (14).
7 - Extract the fan unit (9) backwards.
10
9
8
INSTALLATION OF HEATING FAN

1 - Make sure that the heating cock is fully open. RKPB1140
2 - Fill up with coolant liquid.
Quantity of coolant liquid: approx. 7.5 ,

(1.98 US.gall) 13
3 - Start the engine to circulate the coolant liquid.
14
3 - Switch off the engine and top up the level. 11
12
RKPB1150
PC75R-2 30-21
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION RADIATOR
REMOVAL OF RADIATOR
Release residual pressures from all circuits. (For de-

tails, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
Drain the engine coolant liquid and the hydraulic oil.
Coolant liquid needed: 18 , (4.75 US.gall)

Quantity of oil: 70 , (18.5 US.gall)
1 - Remove the engine hood. (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD»).
2 - Remove the top cover (1) together with the exhaust

pipe.
RKPA5551
3 - Remove tank (2) and fan guard (3).

4 - Disconnect the engine cooling pipes (5) and (6) from 4
the radiator (4) and the suction pipe (7).
7
5
2
6
3
RKPB5640
5 - Disconnect the upper pipe (8) from the radiator (4);

loosen nut (9).
9 8
RKPB5650
30-22 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION RADIATOR
6 - Disconnect the lower pipe (10) from the radiator (4)

and remove the union (11).
11 10
RKPA5723
7 - Loosen screws (12) and remove radiator.
12
RKPB5930
INSTALLATION OF RADIATOR
1 - Refill the coolant liquid circuit.
Coolant liquid needed: 18 , (4.75 US.gall)
H Refill the hydraulic oil tank.

Quantity of oil: 70 , (18.5 US.gall)
2 - Start the engine at low idling to circulate all the fluids
and to fill up the oil coolers.
3 - Stop the engine and top up all levels.
4 - Bleed the hydraulic circuits.
(For details see: «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-
MENTS»).
PC75R-2 30-23
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION FUEL TANK
REMOVAL OF FUEL TANK


terminal. 1
H Turn the turret by 45ë towards the right.
2
1 - Remove the front hood (for details, see «REMOVAL
OF FRONT HOOD») and the bottom right guard of
the turret.
2 - Close the cock (1) of the separator (2).
RKPB0690
3 - Remove the cap of the fuel tank, open the tank drai-
nage cock (5), and drain the fuel.
4 - Disconnect the fuel suction pipe (6). 5
RKPB0710
5 - Disconnect the fuel return pipe (7) and the connector

(8) of the level gauge (9).
3
RKPB5660
6 - Disconnect the plate (10) that joins the tanks.
10
RKPB1170
30-24 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION FUEL TANK
7 - Hook the tank (4) to the hoisting equipment and

slightly put the rope under tension.
8 - Remove the screws and remove the tank.
Fuel tank: 40 kg (88.2 lb.) 4
RKPB0620
INSTALLATION OF FUEL TANK

H Fill the fuel tank and start the engine.
PC75R-2 30-25
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Release residual pressures from all circuits. (For de- 2

. Drain the hydraulic oil.
Quantity of oil: approx. 70 , (18.5 US.gall)

1 - Remove the fuel tank. (For details, see «REMOVAL 1
OF FUEL TANK»).
2 - Disconnect the exhaust pipe (1).
RKPB5680
3 - Disconnect the drain pipes (2) and (3).

4 - Disconnect the coupling (4) of the pump suction pipe
and the pipes (5). 5
5 - Remove the bracket (6) of the solenoid valves.
6 - Hook the tank to the hoisting equipment and slightly 6
3
put the rope under tension.
7 - Remove the bolts and the oil tank (7).
Oil tank: 60 kg (132.2 lb.)
RKPB0731
INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC 4
OIL TANK
RKPA5722

1 - Fill the hydraulic oil tank to maximum level.
While filling, bleed air from the main pump pis-
ton. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD- 7
JUSTMENTS»).
Hydraulic oil needed: approx. 70 ,

(18.5 US.gall)
2 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and check that
there are no leakages.
3 - Switch off the engine, check the level and, if neces-
sary, top it up.
RKPB0742
30-26 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE-PUMP GROUP
REMOVAL OF ENGINE-PUMP GROUP


terminal.
1


. Drain the engine coolant liquid.
Quantity of coolant liquid: 18 , (4.75 US.gall)

RKPB0691
. Close the feed cock of fuel tank and separator (1).

MOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD»). 3 5 4
2 - Remove the top cover (2) complete with the exhaust
pipe (3).
3 - Remove the suction pipe (4) complete with the rubber
elbow (5) for filter connection. 2
RKPB5730
4 - Remove bottom left and bottom rear guards.

5 - Open the door (6) of the electric board, remove the
panel (7) and disconnect the engine cable connector 9
(8) and the earth cable (9).
8
H Free the engine cable from any clip placed be-
tween the board and the flywheel.
7
6
RKPB0750
6 - Disconnect the pipe (11) coming from the separator

from the fuel pump (10).
7 - Disconnect the return tube (13) from the fuel filter 13
(12).
10
11 12
RKPB0760
PC75R-2 30-27
8 - Disconnect the cable (14) and the sheathing (15) of

the accelerator as well as the earth plait (16) from
the engine.
14
15
16
RKPB0630
9 - Remove the compensating tank (17) and move it to

one side. 21 19 17
10 - Remove the fan guard (18).
22
11 - Remove the fastening screws (19) of the conveyor.
Push the conveyor towards the engine in order to dis- 18
engage it from the radiator supports.
20
RKPB5690
12 - Disconnect the pipes (20) and (21) that connect to the

radiator and the heating pipes (22) from the engine.
13 - Disconnect the supporting and guiding clamps of the
heating pipes (22) from the engine and extract the
pipes from the left opening.
20
21
RKPB0582
14 - Remove the tool box (23) and the heat guard (24).
24
23
RKPB1071
30-28 PC75R-2
14 - Disconnect the flanges of the suction pipes and all

delivery pipes (25) from pumps.
H Mark the position of Load Sensing, Mode System
and servo-control feed pipes in order to avoid mix-
ing them up during installation.
25
25
RKPB1031
15 - Hook the engine (26) to the hoisting equipment using

the specific brackets and slightly put the chains under
tension. 26
RKPB0770
16 -Remove the central screws (27) (No. 4) of the engine

supports (28). 19 20
17 - Slowly lift the unit drawing cables and pipes to and re-
move the engine (28).
Engine - pumps: 460 kg (1013.4 lb.)
RKP10710
PC75R-2 30-29
INSTALLATION OF ENGINE-PUMP GROUP
H Before connecting the flanges, check the state of

seals and keep them in position by applying grease
ASL800050.
Piston pump flange screws: 63w6.5 Nm

(46.3w0.44 lb.ft.)
Gear pump flange screws: 35w3.5 Nm

(2.65w2.58 lb.ft.)
Support bolt: 157 Nm (115.7 lb.ft.)

ton. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-
JUSTMENTS»).

(18.5 US.gall)
2 - Fill the cooling circuit.
Coolant liquid needed: approx. 18 ,

(4.75 US.gall)
sary, top it up.
30-30 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PUMP GROUP
REMOVAL OF PUMP GROUP



MOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD»).
2 - Remove left and centre rear guards.
3 - Disconnect the suction flanges and all delivery pipes
from the pumps (1) and (2).
H Mark the position of Load Sensing, Mode System
and servo-control feed pipes in order to avoid mix-
ing them up during installation.
RKPB1032
6 - Hook the assembly to the eyebolt (3) placed on the

piston pump and slightly put the rope under tension.
H Pass a harness under the gear pump to prevent
tilting of the unit.
7 - Pull out the screws (4) and remove the pump group;
disengage the group from the coupling joint shifting
it to one side. 4
3
Pump group: approx. 57 kg (125.6 lb.)
RKPB0780
PC75R-2 30-31
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PUMP GROUP
INSTALLATION OF PUMP GROUP
H Before connecting the suction flanges, check the con-

dition of seals and keep them in position applying
grease ASL800050
Piston pump flange screws: 63w6.5 Nm

(46.3w0.44 lb.ft.)
Gear pump flange screws: 35w3.5 Nm

(2.65w2.58 lb.ft.)
H Coat the coupling surfaces thinly.
Coupling surfaces: ASL800050

Pump check screws: Loctite 262
Pump check screws: 50w5 Nm
(36.8w0.37 lb.ft.)

JUSTMENTS»).
Hydraulic oil: 70 , (18.5 US.gall)

sary, top it up.
30-32 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING JOINT
REMOVAL OF ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING JOINT

1
1 - Remove the piston pump.
(For details, see «REMOVAL OF PISTON PUMP»).
half joint pump

2 - Loosen dowel pin (1) fixing half joint (2) in more
stages and alternatively.
2
H heat dowel pins to 85 ± 100 ëC (185 ±212ëF)
3 - Remove pump half joint (2). RKPA5730
H If necessary, use a puller.
Half joint on flywheel

3
4 - Remove bolts (3) and flywheel cover (4).
4
INSTALLATION OF ENGINE-PUMP RKPA5740
COUPLING JOINT
Pump flange joint mounting bolts: Loctite 262

Pump flange joint mounting bolts: 50 Nm
(36.8 lb.ft.)
Drive flange bolts: Loctite 262

Drive flange bolts: 50 Nm (36.8 lb.ft.)
1 - Fill up tank unit maximum level.

During the filling operation, bleed air from the
piston pump (For details, see «20. TESTING
AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
Hydraulic oil: 70 , (18.5 US.gall)

2 - Start the engine to allow oil circulation in all systems
and check the seals.
3 - Stop the engine and, if necessary, restore oil level in
the tank.
PC75R-2 30-33
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION MAIN PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
REMOVAL OF MAIN PUMP INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
1 - Remove main pump assembly. (For details, see «RE-

MOVAL OF MAIN PUMP ASSEMBLY»). 1
2 - Remove PTO assembly (1). (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF ENGINE - PUMP COUPLING JOINT»).
3 - Remove snap ring (2), then remove spacer (3).
4 - Lever up oil seal (4) with a screwdriver to remove.
H When removing the oil seal, be extremely careful

not to damage the shaft.
RKP07840
INSTALLATION OF MAIN PUMP

INPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL 4
Lip of oil seal: ASL800050

Coat the outside circumference of the oil seal
thinly with ASL800050. then press fit.
H Use tools G1 e G2 to press fit oil seal (4).
3 RKP07850
G1
4 G2
RKP10680
30-34 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION GEAR-PUMP
REMOVAL OF GEAR-PUMP

tails, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»). 2
3
Quantity of oil: approx. 70 , (18.5 US.gall) 4
1 - Disconnect the suction flange (1) and the delivery
pipe (2) from the pump.
1
2 - Remove the bolts (3) and the pump (4), the joint (5) RKPB0280
and the gasket (6).
6
4
5
INSTALLATION OF GEAR-PUMP
3 RKP07860
H Before connecting the suction flange, check the con-

dition of the seal and keep it in its seat by applying
grease ASL800050.
Flange screws: 35w3.5 Nm (2.65w2.58 lb.ft.)
Joint: ASL800050
Pump fastening screws: 98 ± 123 Nm
(72.2 ± 90.6 lb.ft.)
JUSTMENTS»).

(18.5 US.gall)
sary, top it up.
PC75R-2 30-35
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWIVEL JOINT
REMOVAL OF SWIVEL JOINT



terminal.
1 - Remove the distributor hood.

1
2 - Disconnect the tubes (1) on the lower side of the joint
(2) and plug them. RKPA5750
H Mark the tubes before disconnecting them, to

avoid errors when re-assembling.
3 - Disconnect the tubes (3) on the top of the joint (2) and
plug them.
H Mark the tubes before disconnecting them, to
avoid errors when re-assembling.
3
4 - Unscrew and remove the screws (4) of the swivel
joint.
5 - Hook the joint (2) to the hoisting equipment and re-
move it.
Swivel joint: 36 kg (79.3 lb.) 2
RKPA5760
INSTALLATION OF SWIVEL JOINT

4
H Before connecting the top pipes, introduce hydraulic RKPA5770
oil in the chambers of the branch that is not in use

and in the drain branch (branches 1 and 4).
H Grease friction points through the lubricating nipple

(5).
Swivel joint: ASL800050
1 - Start the engine, move the machine in both directions

and move the blade several times to bleed all air from
the circuits.
2 - Switch off the engine and top up the oil in the hydrau-
lic tank.
30-36 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING MOTOR
REMOVAL OF SWING MOTOR

1
1 - Disconnect the supply (1), return (2), the brake re- 3
lease pipe (3) and the drain line connection (4).
4
2 - Remove the screws (5) (No. 14) that attach the motor
(6) to the swing machinery (7).
RKPA5323
3 - Fasten two screws in the holes opposite to each other

(8) and remove the motor.
Motor: 22 kg (48.5 lb.)
2
1
INSTALLATION OF SWING
MOTOR
H Fill the motor with hydraulic oil through the top drain 4
line connection.
RKPA5331
Screw: 58.8 ± 73.5 Nm (43.3 ± 54.2 lb.ft.)
Coupling surface: ASL800070

6

2 - Bleed the air from engine (For details, see «20. TEST- 8
7
5
RKPA5780
PC75R-2 30-37
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING MACHINERY
REMOVAL OF SWING MACHINERY

1
3
1 - Remove the front hood (For details, see «REMOVAL
OF FRONT HOOD»).
2 - Disconnect the feed pipes (1), the exhaust pipe (2),
4
the brake release pipe (3) and the drain line connec-
tion (4).
3 - Remove the check screws (5) (No. 10) of the reduction

RKPA5323
gear (6).
4 - Fasten two screws into the holes opposite to each

other and remove the reduction gear.
2
5 - Sling the complete assembly and remove it.
H During removal, slowly lift the assembly and pay
particular attention not to damage the pipes or
other parts.
Complete group: 43 kg (94.7 lb.)

4
RKPA5332
INSTALLATION OF THE
SWING MACHINERY
H In order to centre the holes of the pins and of the fas-
tening screws, connect tool A1 to the hydraulic motor
and slowly rotate the motor until the correct angle for
the positioning of the reduction gear has been ob-
tained. 6
7
H Fill the motor with hydraulic oil through the drain line
connection (2) and lubricate the bearings through the 5
lubricating nipple (7). RKPA5790
Bearing: ASL800050
Screw: 58.8 ± 73.5 Nm (43.3 ± 54.2 lb.ft.) A1
Coupling surface: ASL800070

2 - Bleed the air from engine (For details, see «20. TEST-
RKPA5800
30-38 PC75R-2
DISASSEMBLY SWING MACHINERY
1 - Remove drain plug (1) and drain oil from swing ma-
chinery case. 3
Remove screws (2) (No. 12) and remove swing motor
assembly (3).
Swing machinery case: approx. 1.5 , 2
(0.4 US.gall.)
RKP07740
2 - Remove No. 1 sun gear (4) and No. 1 carrier (5).
RKP07750
3 - Remove snap ring (6), the remove thrust washer (7),

gear (8), bearing (9) and thrust washer (10).
7 6
8 9
10
RKP07590
4 - knock in pin (11) and remove shaft (12).

H After removing the shaft (12), remove pin (11).
Remove thrust washer (13) from carrier (14).
12
14 13
11
RKP07770
PC75R-2 30-39
5 - Remove No. 2 sun gear (15), ring gear (16) and re-
move No. 2 carrier assembly (17). 15 17
16
RKP07710
6 - Remove snap ring (18), then remove thrust washer

19 18
(19), gear (20), bearing (21) and thrust washer (22).
20
Knock in pin (23) and remove shaft (24).
H After removing the shaft (24), remove pin (23). 21
26 25
Remove thrust washer (25) from carrier (26).
22
23
24
RKP07720
7 - Set shaft and case assembly (27) to press, and push

bearing (28) with tool L1. L1
H Operate the press slowly and push the bearing to 27
a point where the split collar (29) can be removed. 29
Remove split collar (29).
28
RKP07760
8 - Set block L2 to shaft and case assembly (27), and

using push tool L3, remove shaft assembly (30) with
press.
Remove bearing (28). 30 L3
27
L2 28
RKP07730
30-40 PC75R-2
9 - Set shaft assembly (30) to press, and using push tool

L4, remove bearing (31), and collar (32) from shaft L4
(33).
32
30 31
33
RKP07680
10 - Remove dust seal (34) and oil seal (35) from case
(36).
35
34 36
RKP07690
11 - Using puller, remove bearing outer races (37) and

(38) from case (36).
37
38 36
RKP07700
PC75R-2 30-41
ASSEMBLY SWING MACHINERY
H Clean all parts, and check for dirt or damage.

H Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with engine oil
before installing.
H Replace the oil seal with a new part.
1 - Using push tool L5, press fit oil seal (35) to case (36).
Lip of oil seal: ASL800050 L6
L5
2 - Using push tool L6, press fit outer races (37) and (38) 38
to case (36). 36
33 37 RKP07650
3 - Install collar (32) to shaft (33).

L7
Using the tool L7, press fit bearing (31) with press.
Set case assembly (39) to shaft assembly (30).
Using push tool L8, press fit bearing (28) to a point
where split collar (29) can be inserted.
H Press fitting force: 11768 N (1200 kg) 31
H Rotate the case and gradually press fit the bear- 30
ing.
Install split collar (29). 32
33
RKP07660
L8 39
29
28
30
RKP07670
30-42 PC75R-2
4 - Using push tool L10, press fit shaft (30) with press un-
til split collar (29) is fixed in position.
Screw bolt (thread é=10 mm (0.394 in.), pitch=1.5 L10
mm (0.059 in.)) in case, and using push-pull scale 26
L9, measure tangential force in direction of rotation.
H Tangential force: Max. 147 N (15 kg)
H The tangential force is the maximum reading
when starting rotation.
L9
33
RKP07610
5 - Using push tool L11, press fit dust seal (34).
L11 34
RKP07620
6 - Install thrust washer (25) to carrier (26).

Align position of pin holes of shaft (24) and carrier (26), 19 18
then tap with a plastic hammer to install shaft (24) and
20
insert pin (23).
26 25 21
H After inserting the pin (23), caulk the pin portion of
the carrier.
H Check that the stepped difference between the 22
shaft (24) and carrier (26) in less than 0.2 mm
(0.0079 in.). 23
Assemble thrust washer (22), bearing (21), gear (20)
and thrust washer (19), then install snap ring (18). Max 0,2mm 24
Install No. 2 carrier assembly (17) to shaft and case
assembly.
RKP07630
7 - Install ring gear (16).

Ring gear mating surface: Loctite 510 15
Install No. 2 sun gear (15). 17
16
RKP07640
PC75R-2 30-43
8 - Install thrust washer (13) to carrier (14).

Align position of pin holes of shaft (12) and carrier
(14), then tap with a plastic hammer to install shaft 12
(12). 14 13
Insert pin (11).
H After inserting the pin (11) caulk the pin portion of
the carrier.
H Check that the stepped difference between the
shaft (14) and carrier (12) is less than 0.2 mm Max 0,2mm
(0.0079 in.). 11
RKP07580
9 - Assemble thrust washer (7), bearing (9), gear (8) and

thrust washer (10), then install snap ring (6).
7 6
8 9
10
RKP07590
10 - Install No. 1 carrier assembly (5).

Install No. 1 sun gear (4). 3
Install swing motor assembly (3) and tighten screws 4
(2) (No. 12).
Tighten drain plug and add oil through oil filter. 2
Mounting bolt: 66.2w7.4 Nm (48.8w5.45 lb.ft.)
Motor mating surface: Loctite 510
Swing machinery case: approx. 1.5 ,
(0.4 US.gall.) 5
Swing machinery case:
ASL800050 (approx. 110 cc) RKP07600
30-44 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CONTROL VALVE
REMOVAL OF CONTROL VALVE

ground and switch off the engine. 1 4
1
H Mark all pipes before removal.
1 - Disconnect pipes in the following sequence: servo
2
control pipes (1), feed pipes (2), exhaust pipes (3), 3
function pipes (4) and LS pipes (5).
H Plug all holes so as to keep out impurities.
2 - Fit the unit with two eyebolts (6). (M8x1.25) 5
RKPA5810
3 - Hook the unit (7) to the hoisting equipment and

slightly put the ropes under tension.
4 - Remove screws (8) (No. 3) and remove the distributor. 6
Complete distributor: approx. 55 kg (121.2 lb.)
INSTALLATION OF CONTROL
VALVE 7
RKPA5820
Distributor check screws: 190 Nm (140 lb.ft.)

Distributor check screws: Loctite 262
1 - Check the level of the tank; start the engine to allow

oil to circulate to all parts of the equipment. 8
Switch off the engine and top up the oil level.
2 - Bleed air from all parts of the equipment. (For details,
see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
RKPB5700
PC75R-2 30-45
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REVOLVING FRAME
REMOVAL OF REVOLVING FRAME

terminal.
1 - Remove the upper work equipment (For details, see

«REMOVING UPPER WORK EQUIPMENT»).
2 - Remove the front hood. (For details, see «REMOVAL 1
OF FRONT HOOD»).
3 - Remove the cabin and the seat. (For details, see «RE- 2
MOVAL OF CABIN AND REMOVAL OF THE SEAT»).
4 - Remove the boom cylinder. (For details, see «RE- 2
MOVAL OF BOOM CYLINDER»). RKPA5751
5 - Disconnect all the lower tubes (2) from the swivel joint
(1) and plug them. Also plug the fittings left on the
joint.
6 - Remove the lower left-hand protective casing (3) of
the revolving frame (4) to gain access to the retaining
5 7
nuts of the LH area.
7 - Start the engine and swing the revolving frame (3) un-
til a screw (5) in the rear extraction compartment of
the track frame (6) has been centred. 6
8 - Remove the screw (5).
9 - Repeat the same operations for the other screws
(No. 34). RKPA5840
Leave two screws in position for reasons of

safety, one at the front and one at the rear.
10 - Using the equipment A2 and A3 attach the revolving A3

frame to a hoisting tackle and apply slight tension to
the chains.
A2
11 - Loosen and disengage the two screws, leaving them
inserted in the bearing ring (7).
12 - Raise the revolving frame (4) slowly.
H While raising the revolving frame, take great care 4

not to damage the swivel joint. RKPB0790
Revolving frame: 3300 kg (7270 lb.)
RKP07570
30-46 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REVOLVING FRAME
INSTALLATION OF REVOLVING FRAME
Revolving frame attachment screws

(without nut): Loctite 262
Revolving frame attachment screws: 314 Nm
(231.4 lb.ft.)
8
H Align the two positions corresponding to the cen-

tering pins (8), then assemble. 7
Sealant and swing circle platform gaskets:
ASL800050 RKPA5850
Internal swing circle grease:

approx. 25 kg (55 lb.)
H After connecting up all the hydraulic tubes, start 10

the engine and move all parts of the equipment
several times to bleed air from the circuits, while
9
checking for leakages.
H Switch off the engine and check level of the hy- 12
draulic oil.
11
Installation Procedure
In order to swing the revolving frame for centering
the reference pins (8), the pinion-swing circle cou- RKPA5324
pling:
1 - Disconnect the feed pipes (10), the drain line

connection (11) and the brake release tube (12)
from the swing motor (9).
A1
H Plug connections to avoid impurity entry.
2 - Connect tool A1 and slowly rotate the turret until
correct centring is obtained.
3 - Insert the two screws (5) left in the swing circle
(7) and secure them.
4 - Insert all the other screws (5).
5 - After having secured all the screws that joint the RKPA5800
swing circle to the revolving frame, reconnect the

delivery tubes (10) of the swing motor (9), and
the brake release tube (12) and the drain line
connection.
6 - Detach the hoisting tackle.
PC75R-2 30-47
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION COUNTERWEIGHT
REMOVAL OF COUNTERWEIGHT
1 - Remove the engine-hood. 1

(For details, see «REMOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD»).
2 - Remove the engine-hood hook support (1).
3 - Remove the protective caps and firmly tighten the
hoisting eyebolts (2).
4 - Attach the hoisting tackle and apply slight tension to
the cables. RKPB0970
5 - Using the tool B1, loosen the screws (3) and their
safety washers.
6 - Remove the counterweight (4).
Counterweight: 1050 kg (2313 lb.)
2
INSTALLATION OF 2
COUNTERWEIGHT
RKPB0960
Counterweight screws: Loctite 262

Counterweight screws: 580 Nm (427.5 lb.ft.)
H Carefully check that the vertical positioning mea-

surement «A» is 100w2 mm (3.94w0.08 in.) with
respect to the revolving frame. A
3
RKPB0980
30-48 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING CIRCLE
REMOVAL OF SWING CIRCLE
1 - Remove the upper revolving frame. (For details, see

«REMOVAL OF UPPER REVOLVING FRAME»). 3 S
2 - Completely remove all contaminated grease.
3 - Remove the screws (1) that secure the swing circle
(2).
1
4 - Remove the swing circle (2) using the tool D1.
Swing circle: 89 kg (196 lb.)

2
RKPA5860
INSTALLATION OF
SWING CIRCLE
D1
H Before installing the swing circle, check the condition
of the central gasket (3). 2
For reasons of safety, when installing the swing cir-
cle, insert two screws into the front and back holes
in the frame.
. To install, reverse the removal procedure. S

RKPA5870
Before attaching the swing circle, check that the area

marked with an «S» is positioned on the right-hand
side of the chassis.
Attachment screws: Loctite 242
Attachment screws: 314 Nm (231.4 lb.ft.)
Lubricating grease: approx. 25 kg (55 lb.)
PC75R-2 30-49
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACK SHOES
REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOES
1 - Move the machine until the master pin (1) on the track
shoe idler (2) is in its highest position.
2 - Slowly loosen the lubricator (3) to let out the grease
and relieve track shoe tension.
The grease contained in the track shoe stretch-

ing cylinder is under pressure and could cause 3
serious injury to the operator. For this reason
the valve should not be loosened by more than
one turn.
H If the grease does not flow out easily, move
the machine backwards and forwards RKPA5301
slowly.
3 - Remove the master pin (1) using the tool C1.
4 - Raise the end-piece of the track-shoe (4) with a crane. 4
5 - Reverse the machine to remove the track shoe (4), C1
then lay it out on the ground.
6 - Force the boom down to raise the lower chassis and
lift the track shoe away.
INSTALLATION OF
TRACK SHOES RKPA5880
H Adjust the track shoe tension. (For details see «20.

1 - Rotate the revolving frame 90ë towards the side on 1

which the track shoe is to be mounted. Force the
boom down to raise the lower frame.
2
2 - Lay the track shoe out on the ground beneath the low-
er rollers. Let down the lower frame.
RKPA5890
3 - Attach the first joint to the sprocket assembly and

move the machine forwards until the articulation is
above the sprocket.
4 - Attach a crane to the end-piece of the track shoe in 4
order to keep it raised.
5 - Insert the master pin (1) using the tool C1.
RKPA5900
30-50 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SPROCKET ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL OF SPROCKET ASSEMBLY
1 - Remove the track shoe assembly. (For details, see

«REMOVAL OF TRACK SHOE ASSEMBLY»).
2 - Turn the revolving frame 90ë towards the sprocket as-
sembly to be removed.
3 - Force the boom down perpendicular to the ground BLOCK
BLOCCO
and raise the lower chassis.
Insert safety blocks beneath the chassis.
4 - Remove the screws (1) and their washers.

5 - Remove the sprocket assembly (2). RKP07870
Sprocket assembly: 35 kg (77.1 lb.)
INSTALLATION OF SPROCKET
ASSEMBLY
1
Attachment screws: Loctite 262

Attachment screws: 163w24.5 Nm 2
(119.6w18.1 lb.ft.) RKPA5910
PC75R-2 30-51
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL GEARED MOTOR
REMOVAL OF TRAVEL GEARED MOTOR

Completely lower the work equipment until it is rest-
ing on the ground and switch off the engine.
Release all residual pressure from all circuits. (For

details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
1 - Remove the protection cover (1).
2 - Remove the driving wheel. (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF THE DRIVING WHEEL»).
3 - Disconnect the 4 pipes (2) from the engine and then
remove the 4 connections (3). 1
H Plug all pipes to keep out impurity. RKPA5410
4 - Pull out the screws (4) and remove the assembly (5).
Travel assembly: 90 kg (198.3 lb.)

3
INSTALLATION OF THE TRAVEL 4
GEARED MOTOR
5 3 2
Check screws: Loctite 262

Check screws: 252w39.2 Nm RKPA5341
(185.7w28.9 lb.ft.)
H Bleed air form the travel motor (see «20. TESTING

AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
30-52 PC75R-2
DISASSEMBLY OF TRAVEL GEARED MOTOR

29 40
30 MOTOR
24 31
25 32 40
26
19 39
36
12 37
21 35
22 15 16
18 20
19
26
25 50
1
18 24 43
33 34 42
23 44
22 45
21
12
47
66
48 53 51
38 41
49 46
48
52 55
54 RKP07550
REDUCTION GEAR 64
69
73
60
68 76
74
56
17 67 74
73 76
69
72
14
71
10
3 6
58 57 8
59 4
70 62 2
75 65 1
7 5
61 9
63
RKP07560
PC75R-2 30-53
Washing the geared motor

1 - Wash the complete motor.
H Close the holes of the hydraulic motor and install
two M8 eye-bolts in the body of the pump so that
they are placed diametrally opposite to each
other. M8
RKPA5920
2 - When washing, brush the unit so as to eliminate any

trace of dust.
RKPA5930
2. Setting the geared motor

3 - Set the geared motor unit on the work bench M1.
M1
RKPA5940
4 - Bolt the unit to the revolving cradle on the work bench

using two hex. socket bolts A.
RKPA5950
30-54 PC75R-2
3. Draining gear oil

5 - Turn the unit upside down and partially extract the 2 1
three plugs (2) form the cover (1).
Turn the unit upside down again and remove the
plugs (2) to drain the gear oil.
Reduction gear oil: approx. 1.7 , (0.45 US.gall)
RKPA5960
4. Removing cover
1
6 - Turn the unit upside down bringing the cover (1) to
top side.
Scribe match marks between the hub (3) and the cov-
er (1) by using a paint marker.
RKPA5970
7 - Locate the gap of ring (4).

Using a punch, make a mark on the hub (3) at a point
about 20 mm (0.788 in.) from ring (4) end and at 7
mm (0.276 in.) from the surface of the hub (3).
Gap of ring
Giunzione Cover
Coperchio Ring
Anello 4
anello
20
7
3
Ø2
Hub
Corpo
riduttore RKPA5980
8 - Using an electric drill, make a 2 mm (0.079 in.) dia-

meter hole at the punch mark as shown at point 7. 4
H Make sure that the hole is parallel to the surface
of the hub (3) and keep drilling until reaching
the ring (4).
H After drilling, wipe off chippings and cinders com-
pletely.
RKPA5990
PC75R-2 30-55
9 - Insert a steel rod into the drilled hole and push it in to

make the front portion the ring (4) come out. 4
RKPA6000
10 - Pick the end portion of ring (4) and pull it out to re-
move the ring off the groove.
RKPA6010
11 - Tighten two (3/8") eyebolts into the plug holes (2) and
remove the cover (1) using a piece of hoisting equip-
ment. 1
H If the O-ring (5) prevents lifting of the cover (1),
put the hoisting ropes under tension and tap on
the cover using a plastic mallet so that the cover
will slide out without cocking.
RKPA6020
12 - Remove the O-ring (5) from the cover and dispose of

it. 5
RKPA6030
30-56 PC75R-2
5. Removing input gear

13 - Remove the snap ring (6) from the shaft (7).
6
RKPA6040
14 - Remove the input gear (8) from the first reduction, re-
move the shaft (7) the coupling (9) and the steel ball
(10).
8
RKPA6050
15 - Turn the unit upside down and remove the screws

(11). 13
H If the brake valves of the motor (13) are to be dis-
assembled too, loosen the plugs (12) before re-
moving the screws (11).
12
11
RKPA6060
6. Removing rear flange

16 - Remove the motor (13) together with the O-rings (14). 13
H Lift motor (13) straight up holding it with both
hands to avoid dropping the valve plate (15) which
is to remain attached to the motor.
14
RKPA6070
PC75R-2 30-57
17 - Remove the springs (16), the O-ring (17) and the pins
(18). 18
RKPA6080
7. Removing parts from rear flange

18 - Remove the valve plate (15) from the motor (13).
H To separate valve plate (15) from the motor (13),
never use sharp cornered or pointed tools or the
faces will be scratched and suffer serious da-
mage.
Gently slide the valve plate to one side whilst pris-
ing it. 13
15
RKPA6090
19 - Pull out the pins (19) and the ball bearing (20).
20
19
RKPA6100
8. Disassembling brake valves

20 - Remove the two plugs (12) of the brake valves.
12
RKPA6110
30-58 PC75R-2
21 - Take out the springs (21), the spring housings (22)

and the spools (23).
21
23
RKPA6120
22 - Remove the two plugs (24).
24
RKPA6130
23 - From each plug opening (24), remove the springs (25)

and the valves (26).
26
RKPA6140
24 - Remove the O-rings (27) and (28) from the plugs (12)
and (24) and dispose of them.
28
27
24
12
RKPA6150
PC75R-2 30-59
9. Disassembling pilot valve

25 - Remove the snap ring (29) of the pilot valve and dis-
card it. Then, remove the stopper (30), spring (31) and 29
valve (32).
H Do not remove the snap ring (29) if valve (32) is
not to be replaced; if the snap ring is removed,
then it must be replaced.
H If inverting the motor does not cause the valve the
come out , carefully apply compressed air through
the speed change port to remove it.
To ensure your safety, use a protective cover.
RKPA6160
10. Disassembling plug

26 - Remove the plug (33).
H Do not remove the plug (33) unless absolutely ne-
cessary.
H When removing plug to clean the gates, pay par-
ticular attention not to drop the steel ball (34).
34
33
RKP07540
11. Disassembling parking brake

27 - Remove the piston (35) of the parking brake.
H Carefully inject compressed air through the park-
ing brake access hole to facilitate removal.
To ensure your safety, apply a protective cover.
35
RKPA6170
28 - Remove the O-rings (36) and (37) from the piston (35)
and dispose of them. 35
Do not reuse O-rings (36) and (37).
37
36
RKPA6180
30-60 PC75R-2
12. Disassembling hydraulic motor

29 - Turn the geared motor by 90ë and drain the oil.
RKPA6190
30 - Slowly pull the cylinder block (38) off the motor shaft
(41) together with the friction plates (39) and (40).
38
H Before pulling, rock the cylinder block to and fro 41
several times to facilitate the separation of piston
shoes (42) from the sliding face (43).
RKPA6200
31 - Remove the piston kit (42) from the cylinder block (38)
by lifting it together with the retainer plate (44).
H If any piston or shoe is damaged, the entire kit
must be replaced.
42 44
43
RKPA6210
32 - Remove each single piston (42) from the retainer

plate (44) and the thrust ball (45) from the cylinder
block (38). 42
45
RKPA6220
PC75R-2 30-61
33 - Remove the three dowel pins (46) of the thrust ball

(45) from the cylinder block (38).
46
RKPA6230
13. Removing spring from cylinder block

48
M3
34 - Using tool M3 and a press, remove the spring (47)
and the washers (48) from the cylinder block (38) after 47
picking the snap ring (49) out. 48 49
H Do not remove the spring if it is not to be replaced.
47
H Compress the spring just as much as needed to
engage the snap ring (39) with the snap ring pliers
(approx. 3 mm (0.118 in.)).
3 mm
H Protect the surface of the cylinder block to avoid

any possible damage.
RKPA6700
14. Removing motor shaft

35 - Remove the swash plate (50) together with the thrust 50
plate (43) from the motor shaft.
RKPA6240
36 - Separate the thrust plate (43) from the swash plate

(50).
50
H If the thrust plate is stuck to the swash plate due
to thick oil between them, slide them apart.
43
RKP07530
30-62 PC75R-2
37 - Remove the shaft (41) together with the ball bearing

(51).
H To remove the shaft (41), lightly kick the shaft end 41
on the reduction gear side with a plastic hammer.
51
RKPA6250
38 - Remove the two pivots (52), pins (53), piston (54) and
spring (55).
H Carefully apply low-pressure compressed air to 52
remove the units.
For your own safety, use a protective cover.
RKPA6260
15. Removing bearing from motor shaft

39 - Using tool M4 and a press, remove ball the bearing
51
(51) from the shaft (41).
H Do not remove the ball bearing (51) unless it is to M4
be replaced. 41
H Do not reuse the removed ball bearing.
RKP07890
16. Removing planetary gears

56
40 - Turn the motor upside down, bringing the planetary
gears to top side and remove the snap rings (57)
and gears (58) from the shafts (56).
58
57
RKPA6270
PC75R-2 30-63
41 - Remove the distance pieces (59).

59
RKPA6280
17. Removing hold flange

42 - Install two clamps M2 between the hub (3) and the re-
duction gear support (60). Tighten the bolts into the
respective threaded holes.
H This clamping is necessary to prevent the hub
from falling when removing the hold flange (61).
M2
RKPA6290
43 - Remove the three snap rings (62).

H Make position match marks across the hold
flange (61) and each snap ring (62) by using a
paint marker. This is done to ensure that the parts 61
are in their correct position when reassembled.
62
RKPA6300
44 - Loosen the three reamer bolts (63) securing the hold

flange (61) to the reduction gear support. 63
H Loctite 638 is used on screw threads of these
bolts. When loosening them, turn the torque
wrench back and forth to break the Loctite 638.
Repeat this process until each bolt becomes
loose enough to be run out by bare hand.
RKPA6310
30-64 PC75R-2
18. Removing flange

45 - Remove the flange (61) from the reduction gear sup-
port (60).
H Make match marks across hold flange (61) and re-
duction gear support (60) by using a paint marker.
This to ensure that the parts are in their correct
position when re-assembled.
61
The holes for reamer bolts (63) in the flange (61)
are machined with the hold flange attached to
the reduction gear support; if one of the parts
is damaged, replace the entire assembly at the
same time. RKPA6320
19. Removing reduction gear support

46 - Remove the two clamps M2 applied at point (42) and M9
after screwing two eye-bolts M9 into two opposing
screw-holes, remove the reduction gear support
(60) and the floating seal (64), the outer race of bear-
ing (65) and the seal (66).
H The removed floating seal must be disposed of.
60
RKPA6330
47 - Remove the distance piece (67) and the O-ring (68).

67
68
RKPA6340
20. Removing ball bearings, gears and pins

48 - Remove the ball bearing (69) from the hub (3) by si-
multaneously taking out the pins (70) using a pin 3
punch and a hammer. 65
Through this process, the RV gear assembly is also
removed. The RV gear assembly consists of gear A 71
70
(71), gear B (72), crankshafts (56), tapered-roller bear-
ings (65) and needle-roller bearings (73).
69
72
73 56 RKP07520
PC75R-2 30-65
H When removing ball bearing (69), move the pin

punch 120ë at a time in order to keep the distor-
tion of the ball bearing down to a minimum.
H In order to prevent denting of the parts, place a
rubber mat under the RV gear assembly.
RV gear assembly can now be disassembled; do
not remove needle-roller bearings (73) and dis-
tance pieces (75) from the crankshafts (56).
21. Removing ball bearing and distance piece

49 - Remove the ball bearing (69) still positioned in its 3
seat by applying a pin punch to the distance piece
(74) and hammering the punch.
H Place a rubber mat under the RV gear assembly 74
to prevent denting of parts.
69
RKP07510
22. Removing central seal

50 - Remove seal (66) from reduction gear support (60)
and dispose of it. 66
RKP08090
51 - Remove floating seals (64) from the reduction gear

support (60).
64
RKPA6350
30-66 PC75R-2
23. Disassembling hold flange

52 - Remove the outer races of tapered-roller bearings
(65) from the reduction gear support (60).
65
RKPA6360
24. Washing parts

53 - Wash all parts and dry them out using soft cloths.
54 - Protect all unpainted surfaces from oxidation by coat-
ing them with oil.
PC75R-2 30-67
ASSEMBLY OF TRAVEL GEARED MOTOR

NOTES
1 - If any of the hub (3), reduction gear support (60),
hold flange (61), distance piece (74), ball bearings
(69) is replaced, adjust the ball bearing (69) pre-
load.
2 - If any of the hub (3), reduction gear support (60),
hold flange (61), RV gear assembly, bearings (65)
is replaced, adjust the preload of tapered-roller
bearings (65).
3 - For bearing preload adjustment, refer to the sec-
tions found at the end of assembly procedures.
4 - If all removed parts can be re-used in assembly
due to their complying with the required toler-
ances, follow the assembly procedure below:
1. Hub
1 - Bolt hub (3) to the revolving cradle on the work bench
M1.
RKPA6370
2 - Install the distance piece (74) into the hub (3).

74
RKPA6380
3 - Press the ball bearing (69) into the hub (3) by using
an aluminium rod and hammer.
H Shift the aluminium rod around the rim of bearing 69
to keep it flat; tap around to prevent distortion and
to keep the bearing flat.
RKPA6390
30-68 PC75R-2
4 - Lightly grease the O-ring (68) and fit it into the groove
in the hub (3).
68
Seal: ASL800050
RKPA6400
5 - Fit distance piece (67) to hub (3), holding it with both

hands and lowering it slowly into position.
H As necessary, tap around on distance piece (67) 67
with a plastic hammer.
H Be careful not to damage the O-ring (68) already
in place.
RKPA6410
2. Reduction gear support

6 - Lightly grease the floating seals O-rings (64) and in-
stall them in the reduction gear support (60).
H Separate the O-ring part of the floating seal and
grease the seat; fit the O-ring again and make
sure that it fits perfectly into the seat. Check that
the floating seal is perfectly inserted into its seat.
64
RKPA6420
7 - Install the two M9 eye-bolts into the reduction gear

support (60), lift the support with a crane and lower M9
it into the hub (3).
60
RKPA6430
PC75R-2 30-69
8 - Remove the two eye-bolts M9 and apply two clamps

M2 to hold hub (3) and support (60) together.
M2 3
H Tighten the two clamps equally.
60
RKPA6440
9 - Turn over the revolving cradle of work stand M1 and

insert the outer races of the tapered-roller bearings
(65). 65
RKPA6450
10 - Install the RV gear A (71) into the hub (3).
71
RKPA6460
11 - Install the crankshafts (56) complete with needle roll-

er bearings (74), distance pieces (76) and bearings 65
(65) into the outer races of the tapered roller bearings. 74
73 76
RKPA6470
30-70 PC75R-2
12 - Install RVgear B (72) into the hub (3), making sure to

align the locating holes.
72
RKPA6480
13 - Apply gear oil to the pins (70) and insert them in be-
tween the RV gear assembly and the hub.
70
Pins: reduction gear oil.
RKPA6490
14 - Press ball bearing (69) into the hub by using an alumi-

nium pin punch and a hammer.
H Shift the pin punch around the bearing to keep it
flat; tap around to prevent distortion and to keep 69
the bearing flat.
RKP07900
3. Hold flange
15 - Lubricate the seat of the hold flange (61) and install it
into the hub (3) by centring the inner race of the ball
bearing (69); if necessary, hammer the hold flange
lightly with a plastic hammer.
Flange seat: ASL800040
H Install the hold flange in the same position as be-
fore disassembly, referring to the marks made
during disassembly.
61
RKPA6500
PC75R-2 30-71
4. Tightening reamer bolts

16 - Thoroughly remove grease from the reamer bolts
63
(63), apply adhesive to the threaded portion and a
thin coat of anti-seize lubricant to the shank.
Screw the three reamer bolts (63) until the hold flange
(61) completely enters in the ball bearing (69).
Threaded portion: Loctite 638
Anti-seize lubricant: ASL800040
61
RKPA6510
17 - Tighten the three reamer bolts (63) using a dynamo-

metric wrench.
H Tighten a little at a time increasing the torque so
that the tightening force is evenly distributed
among the bolts.
63
Final torque: 42w6.5 kgm (303.8w47 lb.ft.)
RKPA6520
18 - Install the outer races of the tapered roller bearings

(65) into the hold flange (61).
65
61
RKPA6530
19 - Install the snap rings (62) into the snap ring grooves
in hold flange (61).
H If any of the parts needing preload adjustment is
replaced, see adjustment procedure illustrated 62
in the end sections.
RKPA6540
30-72 PC75R-2
20 - Install the three distance pieces (59) onto each crank-

shaft (56). 59
56
RKPA6550
6. Planetary gear
21 - Install the three gears (58) to the crankshafts (56).
H Install the gears in the same angular position de-
58
fined by the matching marks, as illustrated here.
Position matching
marks
Contrassegni
61
RKPA6560
RKP07910
22 - Install the three snap rings (57) into the snap ring
grooves in the crankshafts (56).
57
RKPA6570
7. Seals
M5 60
23 - Turn over the unit under assembly, apply grease to 66
the lip portion of seal and to the outer part of seal
(66); force it into the bore of the reduction gear sup-
port (60) by driving with the retainer M5 and hammer.
Seal: ASL800050
RKP10690
PC75R-2 30-73
8. Motor shaft
24 - Install the ball bearing (51) onto the motor shaft (41).
H Heat ball bearing (51) by keeping it immersed in
oil bath held at 100w10ëC (212w50ëF) for 10 min-
utes.
51
H Be sure that the inner race sits on the shoulder.
41
RKPA6580
25 - Lubricate the pivots (52), pins (53) and piston (54) and
insert them into the reduction gear support (60).
Pins, piston pivot: ASL800050 54
RKPA6590
26 - Turn over the unit by 90ë, lubricate the outer race of

bearing (51) and slowly insert it into the reduction
gear support (60). 51
Bearing: ASL800040
H Take care not to scratch or damage the lip portion
of seal (66) with the splined end of shaft (41).
41
RKPA6600
27 - Lubricate the splines of shaft (41) and the swash plate

(50) where matching the surface of reduction gear
50
support.
Shaft and swash plate: ASL800040
Insert the swash plate into the reduction gear support
(60).
H Make sure that the locating pivot of the reduction
gear support centers the grooves of the swash
plate.
RKPA6610
30-74 PC75R-2
9. Cylinder block
48
28 - Insert washer (48), spring (47), the second washer
(48) and the snap ring (49) into the cylinder block. 47
38
RKPA6620
29 - Place the block under a press and using a retainer

M3 centred on the outer washer (48), press the spring
until the snap ring groove becomes cleared. M3
Fit the snap ring.
H Protect the surface of the cylinder block to pre-
vent any damage.
49
RKPA6630
10. Hydraulic motor parts

30 - Insert the three dowel pins (46) into the pin holes of
the cylinder block (38). 42
45 46
Install the thrust ball (45) onto the dowel pins (46).
31 - Insert the 9 pistons (42) into the retainer plate (44) 44
and immerse the sub-assembly in hydraulic oil.
38
RKPA6640
32 - Install the sub-assembly consisting of pistons and re-

tainer-plate into the cylinder block (38).
H Check that the retainer plate (44) fits snugly to the 44
thrust ball (45).
45 38
RKPA6650
PC75R-2 30-75
33 - Install the complete cylinder block to the motor shaft

(41). 41
RKPA6660
11. Parking brake

40 39
34 - Fit the friction unit into the grooves of the cylinder
block (38) by installing first a friction plate (40) then
a mating plate (39), the second friction plate (40)
and then the final mating plate.
H Immerse the friction plates (40) in hydraulic oil be-
fore fitting them.
RKPA6670
35 - Lubricate O-rings (37) and (36) and fit them onto the
piston (35). 35
Fit the piston (35) into the reduction gear support (60)
taking care not to damage the seals.
Seals: ASL800050
H If necessary, tap all around the edge with a plastic
mallet. 37
60 36
RKPA6680
12. Braking valve (in rear flange)

36 - Grease the O-rings (28), the springs (25) and the
valves (26) and fit each single part into the plugs (24).
Seals, springs and valves: ASL800050
28
24
RKPA6690
30-76 PC75R-2
37. Insert the complete valve assemblies into the rear

13
flange (13).
H Fit the valve assemblies preventing valves (26)
and springs (25) from cocking.
RKPA6710
38 - Tighten valve plugs (24).

Plugs: 13 kgm (94 lb.ft.)
24
RKPA6720
39 - Lubricate the spools (23) and insert them into the rear
flange (13).
13
23
RKPA6730
40 - Lightly lubricate the O-rings (27) and fit them onto the
plugs (12).
O-rings: ASL800050
12 27
RKPA6740
PC75R-2 30-77
41 - Grease and fit springs (21) and spring retainers (22)

13
into plugs (12); screw the two assemblies into the rear
flange (13).
Springs and spring retainers: ASL800050
12
RKPA6750
42 - Tighten valve plugs (12).

Plugs: 36 kgm (260.4 lb.ft.)
12
RKPA6760
13. Rear flange

32
43 - Lubricate the valve (32) with hydraulic oil and insert it
into the rear flange (13).
RKPA6770
44 - Fit the spring (31) and the stopper (30) into valve (32)
and finally install the ring (29) that holds the subas- 30 29
sembly together.
H The ring (29) must be a new one.
RKPA6780
30-78 PC75R-2
45 - Lubricate the ball bearing (20) and fit it into the rear
flange (13). 20
RKPA6790
46 - Insert the pins (19) into the rear flange (13).
19
RKPA6800
47 - Lightly grease the surface of the valve plate (15) and

fit it to the rear flange (13) taking care to centre the 15
pins (19).
19
RKPA6810
48 - Fit the O-rings (14) and (17) into the grooves provided
in the reduction gear support (60).
H Do not lubricate seals.
17
14
RKPA6820
PC75R-2 30-79
49 - Fit the pins (18) into the reduction gear support (60)
and pour hydraulic oil in the support. 18
Hydraulic oil: 0.55 , (0.145 US.gall)
RKPA6830
50 - Generously apply grease to the springs (16) and in-

sert them into the rear flange (13).
Turn the rear flange (13) upside down and fit it to the 13
reduction gear support (60) so that it centres the pins
(18).
18
16
RKPA6840
51 - Fasten the subassembly with the screws (11).

Fastening screws: 5.9w1 kgm (42.7w7.23 lb.ft.)
11
RKPA6850
52 - Fasten the two valve plugs (12).

Valve plugs: 36w4 kgm (260.4w29 lb.ft.) 12
RKPA6860
30-80 PC75R-2
53 - Lock the valve plugs (24).

24
Valve plugs: 13w1.5 kgm (94w10.8 lb.ft.)
RKPA6870
15. Input gear

54 - Install the coupling (9) and the input gear (8) onto the
motor shaft (41). 8
H The teeth of input gear (8) should mesh smoothly
with the gears (58); if not, it means that the sub-
assembly is improperly reassembled. In such
case, check for the cause.
RKPA6880
55 - Fit the snap ring (6) to lock the input gear (8) into po-
sition. Grease the steel ball (10) and position it in the
shaft (7). 6
Steel ball: ASL800050 8
RKPA6890
16. Cover
5
56 - Pour gear oil into the hub (3).
Oil for hub: 1.7 , (0.45 US.gall)
57 - Grease the O-ring (5) and fit it on the cover (1).

O-ring: ASL800050
RKPA6900
PC75R-2 30-81
58 - Fit the cover (1) on the reduction gear support (60)

matching the marks made during disassembly.
H After positioning the cover, force it in lightly by
tapping with a plastic hammer on and around its
rim.
1
RKPA6910
59 - Lock cover in place by installing ring (4).

4
RKPA6920
60 - Apply sealant to the plugs (2), run them into the cover
(1) and tighten. 2
Plugs: ASL800060
Plugs: 4w1.5 kgm (29w10.8 lb.ft.)
RKPA6930
61 - Remove the complete geared motor from the cradle

of the work bench M1.
M1
RKPA6940
30-82 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BALL BEARING PRELOAD
ADJUSTING BALL BEARING PRELOAD
1 - Fit the hub (3) onto the tool M7 for adjusting the pre-
load of the main bearing (69); press fit the ball bear-
ing (69) into the hub, install the flange of the tool
and tighten the nut.
Nut: 4 kgm (17 lb.ft.) 69
M7
RKPA6950
2 - Insert a depth micrometer through the hole provided

Micrometer
Micrometro M7
in tool M7 in order to determine value «A».
Since «B» is a known dimension of tool M7 , clear- B
ance of bearing can be determined as follows:
A
C = A ± B where A =measured value
B =tool dimension C
C =clearance of preloaded
bearing
RKP07920
3 - Check dimension D of the hold flange (61):

a - If measured dimension D is smaller than the re- D
quired value C, lower the surface E of the hold
E 61
flange (61).
b - If measured dimension D matches the required
value C, use the flange as it is.
c - If measured dimension D is greater than the re-
quired value C, replace the complete reduction
gear support assembly.
H Dimension D of the new hold flange (61) al-
lows for adjustment. RKP07930
4 - Remove tool M7 from the reduction gear support and

proceed with the usual assembly procedure.
M7
RKPA6960
PC75R-2 30-83
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION AXIAL CLEARANCE ON TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS
ADJUSTING AXIAL CLEARANCE ON TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS
1 - Apply retainer M6 to the outer races of tapered roller

bearings (65) on the crankshafts (56); lightly hammer
the retainer to facilitate the insertion of the RV gears M6
(71) and (72) into the reduction gear support (69).
RKPA6970
2 - Fit the least thick snap rings (62) in the grooves pro-
vided in the hold flange (61).
H Snap rings (12) come in 12 different types of thick- 62
ness, each one varying by 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)-
from the other.
3 - Using the thickness gauge M10, measure the clear-
ance between the snap rings (62) and the tapered
roller bearings (65).
4 - Determine whether the thickness of the snap ring is
within the tolerances required, as follows:
MAX= thickness gauge thickness + snap ring thickness RKPA6980
MIN = thickness gauge thickness + snap ring thickness

± 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
5 - Select the suitable snap ring by choosing the correct M10

thickness among the values reported in the table be-
low:
Group Dimension t (mm)

A Over 1.90 and up to 1.95
B Over 1.95 and up to 2.00
C Over 2.00 and up to 2.05
D Over 2.05 and up to 2.10 RKPA6990
E Over 2.10 and up to 2.15

F Over 2.15 and up to 2.20
G Over 2.20 and up to 2.25
H Over 2.25 and up to 2.30
I Over 2.30 and up to 2.35
J Over 2.35 and up to 2.40
K Over 2.40 and up to 2.45
L Over 2.45 and up to 2.50
RKPA7000
30-84 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL OF IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING ASSEMBLY
1 - Position the connecting pin (1) of the track shoe

above the idler (2).
2 - Slowly loosen the grease nipple (3) to let the grease
out and release the track-shoe tension.
The grease contained in the track-shoe idler is
under pressure and could cause serious injury 1
to the operator. For this reason the valve should
not be loosened for more than one turn.
H If the grease does not run out easily, slowly 2
move the machine backwards and forwards.
RKPA5890
Rest the work equipment on the ground and
switch off the engine.
3 - Remove the connecting pin (1) using the tool C1.

H While taking the track shoe to pieces, support the
3
part of the shoe that encircles the idler by placing 7
a block beneath the shoe ribbing.
4 - Lay the track shoe out on the ground.
6
5 - Using the tool C2, put a sling around the group (4)
and draw it out of the track-frame guides (5).
Complete group: 75 kg (165.2 lb.)
6 - Unscrew and take out the screws (6) and remove the
cylinder (7). RKPA7020
H Take care not to damage the grease nipple (3).

7 - Set the group down firmly on a flat surface, support
the track shoe idler (2) and remove the screws (8) that
join the track shoe idler group (4) to the recoil spring C2
group (9). 5
H Before removing the screws (8) mark the connect-
ing bracket (10) and the spacers. 4
INSTALLATION OF IDLER AND

RECOIL SPRING ASSEMBLY
RKPA7030
H Adjust the tension of the track shoe. (For details

see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»). 10 2
8
4
RKPA7040
PC75R-2 30-85
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER
DISASSEMBLY OF IDLER
H When dismantling the idlers, fit all new seals.

H Remove the cap (10) and drain the oil. 5 1
4
Track shoe idler: approx. 600 , (158.4 US.gall.)
3
1 - Detach the recoil spring assembly (2) from the sup-
ports (1) of the idler.
H Before removing the screws (3), mark the joint
support (4) and the spacers (5). Riferimenti
MARKS
2 - Take away the pins (6). 5
2
3 - Using a press, extract the pin (7) and remove the sup- RKPA7041
ports (1) and the lateral seals (8).
4 - Remove the bushings (9).
ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
10
. To install, reverse the removal procedure. 1 1
H Use a press for the final assembly. 6 6

H Line up the holes and the supports before inserting
the pins.
1 - Fill up with oil and replace the cap (10).
7
Track shoe idler: 600 cc
Oil cap: 55w5 Nm (40.5w3.7 lb.ft.)
8 8
9 9
30-86 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION RECOIL SPRING GROUP AND CYLINDER
DISMANTLING AND RE-ASSEMBLING THE RECOIL SPRING GROUP

AND CYLINDER
1. Recoil spring
F
Disassembly
E1
1 - Remove the welded base (1).
2 - Position the group (2) beneath the press and cen- 2
tre the tool E1.
The spring is mounted under a high installed

load, so make sure that the group is well-
centred.
3 - Apply pressure and, once the spring (3) is fully
compressed, remove the safety pin (4) and the RKP07990
ring nut (5).

4 - Slowly reduce pressure to free the spring.
A
H Free spring length: 233 mm (9.18 in.)
5 - Remove rod (6), spring (3) and plate (7).
Assembly
H Check the total length of the group.

. Total length «A»: 245w1 mm
(9.653w0.0394 in.)
RKP07940
. Spring pre-loading: 4000 kg

. Length of spring when pre-loaded:
203 mm (8 in.) 4
H Check that the base (1) is tightly welded. 3
5
2. Cylinder
6
1 7
Disassembly
1 - Remove the lubricator (1) and the washer (2).
2 - Draw the piston (3) out of the cylinder (4).
RKP07950
3 - Remove the ring (5).
4 - Remove the seal (6) from the piston (3).
Assembly 4
. To re-assemble, reverse the removal procedure. 6
Piston and sealants: ASL800050. 5
3 1
2
RKP07960
PC75R-2 30-87
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACK ROLLER
REMOVAL OF TRACK ROLLER
1 - Slowly unscrew the lubricator (1) to let out the grease

and relieve tension on the track shoe.
The grease contained in the track shoe cylinder

is pressurised and could cause serious injury to
the operator. For this reason the valve should
not be loosened by more than one turn.
1
slowly.
2 - Loosen the screws (2) that hold the idlers (4).
3 - Rotate the revolving frame 90ë towards the removal RKPA5300
side. Force the boom down to raise the lower chassis

(3).
4 - Remove the track roller (4).
INSTALLATION OF
4
TRACK ROLLER 2
2
RKPA5291
H With the lower chassis (3) raised, install the idlers
(4) and lightly fasten the attachment screws (2).
Idler attachment screws: Loctite 262
H Slowly let down the lower frame (3) until the idlers
(4) rest completely on the track shoe and then
tighten the screws (2) firmly.
Idler attachment screws: 118 Nm (87 lb.ft.)
H Adjust track-shoe tension. (For details, see «20.

3
4
RKPA7060
30-88 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CARRIER ROLLER
REMOVAL OF CARRIER ROLLER
1 - Slowly unscrew the lubricator (1) to let out the grease

and relieve tension on the track shoe.
The grease contained in the track shoe stretch-

ing cylinder is under pressure and could cause
serious injury to the operator. For this reason
the valve should not be loosened by more than
one turn.
1
slowly.
Lower the work equipment to the ground and
switch off the engine. RKPA5300
2 - Raise the track shoe (2) to a height that leaves the id-
ler (3) free. For reasons of safety, position some 2
blocks (4).
3 - Loosen the retaining screw (5) and remove the carrier
roller.
INSTALLATION OF
CARRIER ROLLER 3 4
4
. To install, reverse the removal procedure. RKPA7070
1 - Adjust track shoe tension (For details, see «20. TEST-

2 - Before finally securing the retaining screws, lower the
track shoe (2) and check that the idler (3) is perfectly
centred.
Screw: 580 Nm (427.5 lb.ft.)

5
RKPA7080
PC75R-2 30-89
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION R.H. PPC VALVE (BOOM-BUCKET)
REMOVAL OF R.H. PPC VALVE (BOOM-BUCKET)

ground and switch off the engine, and remove the
starting key.

terminal.
1 - Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2)

2 - Disconnect connectors (3), remove screws (4) and re- 1 3
move the dashboard (5).
2
1
5
4
RKPB1190
3 - Remove screws (6) and armrest (7).

4 - Remove retaining screws (8) (në 3) of R.H. dashboard 7
(9).
H To remove the inside screw, lower the seat and
push it right back. 9
8
5 - Disconnect the cath (10) from the R.H. dashboard (9).
6
RKPB1200
6 - Move backward the R.H. dashboard. Disconnect 10

hoses (11) (në 6) from the PPC valve (12) and plug 13
them to prevent entry of impurities.
H Mark the position to avoid errors during assembly. 12
7 - Remove screws (13) and remove the PPC valve (12).
If there is a slack on the control lever, adjust the 11
unit (See «20: TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS -
Adjustment of manual control slacks»)
RKPB1210
30-90 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION R.H. PPC VALVE (BOOM-BUCKET)
INSTALLATION OF R.H.
PPC VALVE (BOOM-BUCKET)
T
P P2
H Check the positions carefully when reconnecting
the tubes.
P - Pressure P4
T - Unload
P1 - Arm opening P3 P1
RKPA3120
P4 - R.H. swing
P2 - Arm closing
P3 - L.H. swing
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and check the
seals.
PC75R-2 30-91
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION L.H. PPC VALVE (ARM-SWING)
REMOVAL OF L.H. PPC VALVE (ARM-SWING)


terminal.
1 - Remove the knob (1) and loosen the heating control

fixing nut (2)
2 - Disconnect the catch (3) from the L.H. dashboard (4). 3
2
4 1
RKPB1220
3 - Remove the arm rest (6) fixing screws (5).

4 - Remove screws (7) and L.H. dashboard (4).
H To remove the inside screw, lower the seat and 5
6
push it right back.
4
7
RKPB1230
5 - Disconnect the six tubes (8) from the PPC valve (9)
and plug them to prevent entry of impurities.
10 9
H Mark the positions to avoid errors during assem-
bly.
6 - Remove screws (10) and remove PPC valve (9).

If there is a slack on the control lever, adjust the
unit (See «20: TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS -
Adjustment of manual control slacks»)
8
RKPB1240
30-92 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION L.H. PPC VALVE (ARM-SWING)
INSTALLATION OF PPC VALVE

(ARM-SWING)
T
P P2
H Check the positions carefully when reconnecting
the tubes.
P4
P - Pressure
T - Unload
P3 P1
P1 - Arm opening
RKPB1290
P4 - R.H. swing
P2 - Arm closing
P3 - L.H. swing
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and check the
seals.
PC75R-2 30-93
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE PPC VALVE
REMOVAL OF BLADE PPC VALVE

1
4
1 - Remove the cabin (For details, see «REMOVAL OF 4

CABIN»). 5
2 - Remove the casing (1) from right-hand manual con-

trol support.
2 3
3 - Disconnect the tubes (2) and (3) and plug them.
H Make an identifying mark on the pipes to avoid RKPA7090
mixing them up during installation.

4 - Remove the screw (4) and the PPC valve (5).
INSTALLATION OF BLADE
PPC VALVE
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil.
2 - Bleed air from the blade cylinder. (For details, see
«20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
30-94 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL PEDAL CONTROL
REMOVAL OF TRAVEL PEDAL CONTROL
. Rotate the turret by 90ë to the left.

Lower the work equipment until it is resting on the 2
ground and switch off the engine. 3
1 - Pull out the screws (1) and remove pedals (2) and le-
vers (3).
5
1
RKPA7110
2 - Remove the bottom left casing (4).

3 - Disconnect the pipes (6) (No. 6) from the pedal con-
trol.
H Make an identifying mark on the pipes to avoid
4 - Remove the side connections (7) (No. 2) from the ped-
al control. 4
5 - Pull out the screws (8) and remove the pedal control
(5).
RKP07500
INSTALLATION OF TRAVEL 6
PEDAL CONTROL
6
7
H Before proceeding to the final locking of pedals
and levers, check the centring of shifting and
the alignment in the neutral position. RKPA7120
To equalise shifting, shift the lever (9).
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil.

2 - Bleed air form the travel motors (For details, see «20. 5
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»). 8
8
9
RKPA7130
PC75R-2 30-95
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1st BOOM SWING PEDAL CONTROL
REMOVAL OF 1st BOOM SWING PEDAL CONTROL
. Rotate the turret by 90ë to the left.

1 - Remove the bottom left cover (1).
1
2 - Disconnect the pipes (2) (No. 4 tubes) from the pedal
control.
H Place an identifying mark on the pipes to avoid
RKP07970
3 - Remove the connections (3) from the pedal control.

4 - Pull out the screws (4) and remove the pedal control
(5) with the operation pedal (6). 3
INSTALLATION OF 1st BOOM

SWING PEDAL CONTROL
1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil. 2
2 - Bleed air from the front boom swing cylinder.

(See «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
RKPA7140
5
4
RKPA7150
30-96 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM CYLINDER (For 1-piece boom)
REMOVAL OF BOOM CYLINDER (For 1-piece boom)

Extend the arm fully and open the bucket comple-
tely. Lower the work equipment until it is resting on 2
the ground
1 - Put a sling around the cylinder (1).
2 - Switch off the engine, release pressure in the cylinder
by moving the RH PPC valve lever several times.
3
3 - Remove the screw (2) and draw out the pin (3).
4
4 - Start the engine to retract the piston (4).
1
5 - Lower the cylinder (1) until it rests on a stand «A». RKPA7160
H To hold the piston rod in its fully retracted position

tie it with wire.
6 - Switch off the engine and release any residual hy-
draulic pressures. (For details, see «20. TESTING
AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
1
7 - Disconnect the tubes (5-6) and plug them. Also plug
the holes in the safety valve to avoid entry of impuri-
ties.
8 - Remove pipe (7) and plug the cylinder port and the
pipe to keep out impurities.
A
9 - Remove the screw (8) and safety valve (9).
RKPA7170
10 - Remove screw (10) and draw out the pin (11).

11 - Remove cylinder (1).
9 8
INSTALLATION OF BOOM
CYLINDER (For 1-piece boom) 7
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance (dis-

tributed on both sides of the cylinder rod) until a 5
clearance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob- 6
tained.
RKPB1042
When aligning the positions between hole and

pin, let the engine run at minimum idling.
Do not insert fingers into the hole to check the
alignment.
Inside bushings : ASL800050 10

tributed on both sides of the piston rod) until a
clearance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is
obtained.
. Start the engine and bleed air from the cylinder. (For 11
H After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank. RKPA7180
PC75R-2 30-97
REMOVAL OF BOOM CYLINDER (For 2-piece boom)
1 - Fully extend the front work equipment, raise the

boom and 2-piece boom and position a supporting
stand (A) between them.
H The stand should be 1.60 m (63.04 in.) high.
2 - Manoeuvre the arm until the bucket is resting on the
ground. Switch off the engine.
A
RKPA7200
3 - Put a sling round the RH cylinder (1) of the 2-piece

boom and remove the self-locking nut (2), the screw 1 1
(3) and the adjustment to a given clearance (4).
4
4
2
5
5 3
RKPA7210
4 - Slide off the pin (5) that connects the RH cylinder (1)
to the 2-piece boom, until the piston rod is completely
disconnected.
5 - Start the motor and retract the RH cylinder piston. 6
H To secure the piston rod in this position, tie it with

wire and switch off the engine.
1
6 - Disconnect the tubes (6) from the RH cylinder (1) and
plug them.
7 - Slide out the pin (7) until the cylinder (1) is free and 7
remove it. RKPA7220
8 - Put the boom cylinder in a sling.

9 - Slide the pin (7) out until the boom cylinder piston rod
(8) is disconnected.
H To hold the piston rod it its fully retracted position,
tie it with wire and switch off the engine.
8
10 - Start the engine and retract the piston.
11 - Lower the cylinder (8) and rest it on a stand (B). 7
B
RKPA7230
30-98 PC75R-2
12 - Disconnect the tubes (9) and (10) and plug them. Also
plug hole in the safety valve (11) to prevent impurities
11 13
from entering.
13 - Remove pipe (12) and plug the cylinder port and the
pipe (12) to keep out impurities.
12
14 - Remove the screw (13) and take out safety valve (11)
15 - Remove the screws (14) and take out the pin (15).
9
10
16 - Remove the cylinder.
RKPB1043
8 14
INSTALLATION OF THE BOOM
CYLINDER (For 2-piece boom)
15
Self-locking nut: 118 Nm (87 lb.ft.)
RKPA7240
Inside bushings: ASL800050.

pin, run the engine at minimum idling.
Do not insert fingers in the holes to check the
alignment.

clearance of (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is obtained.

tributed on both sides of the cylinder) until a clear-
ance of (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is obtained.
. Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders
(For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-
MENTS»).
H After bleeding the air, check the level of the oil
tank.
PC75R-2 30-99
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2nd BOOM CYLINDERS
REMOVAL OF 2nd BOOM CYLINDERS
1 - Fully extend the front work equipment, raise the

boom and 2-piece boom and position a supporting
stand (A) between them.
2 - Manoeuvre the arm until the bucket is resting on the
ground. Switch off the engine.
A
RKPA7200

boom and remove the self-locking nut (2), the screw 1 1
(3) and the adjustment to a given clearance (4).
4
4
2
5
5 3
RKPA7210
4 - Slide off the pin (5) that connects the RH cylinder (1)
to the 2-piece boom, until the piston rod is completely
disconnected.
5 - Start the motor and retract the RH cylinder piston. 6
H To hold the rod in its fully retracted position, tie it
with wire and switch off the engine.
6 - Disconnect the tubes (6) from the RH cylinder (1) and 1
plug them.
7 - Slide out the pin (7) to free the cylinder (1) and re-
move it. 7
RKPA7220
8 - Put the boom cylinder in a sling.
9 - Slide the pin (7) out to disconnect the boom cylinder
piston rod (8).
10 - Start the engine and retract the piston.
H To hold the rod in its fully retracted position, tie it
with wire and switch off the engine.
11 - Lower the cylinder and rest it on a stand (B). 8
B
RKPA7230
30-100 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2nd BOOM CYLINDERS
12 - Repeat the procedure from points 3-7 to remove the

LH cylinder of the 2-piece boom.
6
7
9
RKPA7250
INSTALLATION OF 2nd
BOOM CYLINDERS
Self-locking nut: 118 Nm (87 lb.ft.)
When aligning the positions between hole and pin,

run the engine at minimum idling.
Do not insert fingers in the holes to check the align-
ment.

tributed on both sides) until a clearance of
0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is obtained for
each cylinder.

ance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is ob-
tained.
. Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinders
(For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-
MENTS»).
H After bleeding the air, check the level of the oil
tank.
PC75R-2 30-101
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ARM CYLINDER
REMOVAL OF ARM CYLINDER

Open the front work equipment completely, then
raise it and place a supporting stand between the
boom and the 2-piece boom.
1 - Manoeuvre the bucket until its teeth are resting on
the ground, together with the arm.
A
by moving the LH PPC valve lever several times.
4 - Remove the screw (2) and draw out the pin (3). RKPA7260
5 - Start the engine to retract the piston (4).

H To hold the piston in its fully retracted position, tie 5
the rod with wire.
1
draulic pressures. (For details, see «20. TESTING 4
AND ADJUSTMENTS»). 3
7 - Disconnect the tubes (5) and plug them.
If a safety valve has been installed, disconnect
the tubes (6-7) from the valve.
2
RKPA7050
9 - Lift out the cylinder (1).
INSTALLATION OF
ARM CYLINDER

clearance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob- 7
tained.
6
When aligning the positions between hole and RKPB1052

alignment.
Inside bushings: ASL800050

9 8
1
ance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is ob-
tained.
. Start the engine and bleed air from the cylinder. (For
H After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
RKPA7010
30-102 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BUCKET CYLINDER
REMOVAL OF BUCKET CYLINDER

the ground
1 - Switch off the engine and release pressure in the cy-

2
linder by moving the RH PPC valve lever several
times.
2 - Remove the ring nut (2) and draw out the pin (3).
3 - Switch off the engine and retract the piston rod (4).
H To hold the piston rod in its fully retracted posi- 3
tion, tie it with wire. RKPA7690

AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
6
5 - Disconnect the hoses (5) and plug them. Also plug
7
the holes of the rigid tubes to avoid entry of impuri-
ties. 1

8 - Lift out the cylinder (1).

5
RKPA7270
INSTALLATION OF BUCKET 5
CYLINDER
7
clearance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob-
tained.
When aligning the positions between hole and RKPA7280
pin, do not insert fingers into the hole to check

the alignment.

ance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is ob-
tained.
H After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
PC75R-2 30-103
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING CYLINDER
REMOVAL OF BOOM SWING CYLINDER
1 - Swing the boom to the right to extend the cylinder

fully.
2 - Swing the revolving frame 45ë and rest the work
equipment on the ground.
3 - Switch off the engine and move the PPC valve sev-
eral times to release all residual pressures. 1
4 - Remove the RH front guard (1) from the revolving
frame (2). 2
5 - Disconnect the tubes (3) from the cylinder and plug
them. Also plug the flanges (4) of the cylinder (5). RKP07980
6 - Disconnect the lubricator tube (6).

7 - Place a block beneath the cylinder head to prevent
the edge of the frame making dents in the piston
5
rod. Also place a support beneath the cylinder. 4 4
8 - Remove the screw (7), draw out the pin (8) and detach
the piston rod from its support (9).
9 - Remove the screws (10) and draw out the stop (11)
and the pin (12).
3
10 - Slide the cylinder out partially from the front and, as
soon as possible, put it in a sling and lift it off.
H During this operation take great care not to dent RKPA5491
the piston rod.
INSTALLATION OF BOOM SWING

CYLINDER
7

tributed on both sides of the piston) until a clear-
ance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob-
tained.
9
pin, let the engine run at minimum idling. RKPB0990

alignment.
10
Inside bushings: ASL800050 12

tributed on both sides of the cylinder) until a clear- 11
ance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is ob-
tained. 6
H After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the
tank.
RKPA7290
30-104 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE CYLINDER
REMOVAL OF BLADE CYLINDER

Swing the upper revolving frame 90ë to the right and
lower the blade and the work equipment to the 6 10
2
ground in their safe positions.
8 9
1 - Remove the protection (1).
1
2 - Put the blade cylinder (2) in a sling and put the cable
under slight tension. 7
3 - Switch off the engine and release pressures in the cy-

linder by moving the lever of the blade PPC valves 5
several times in both directions. 4
4 - Take out the screw (3) and remove the pin (4). 3
RKPA7300
5 - Start the engine and retract the piston (5).

H To hold the piston in its completely retracted posi-
tion, tie it with wire.
6 - Stop the motor and release any residual hydraulic
pressures. (For details, see 20. TESTING AND AD-
JUSTMENTS).
7 - Disconnect the tubes (6-7) from the safety valve (8).
Plug the tubes and the safety valves to prevent entry
of impurities.
8 - Take away the screw (9) and remove the pin (10).
9 - Remove the blade cylinder (2).
CYLINDER
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance on

both sides of the piston.
When aligning the hole and pin, let the engine

run at minimum idling.
alignment.
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance on

both sides of the piston.
H After bleeding the air, check the level of oil in the
tank.
PC75R-2 30-105
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS
DISASSEMBLY OF WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS

1. All cylinders
1 - Place the cylinder on the tool F8 and partially extract 3
the piston. F8 5
2 - Loosen the retaining screws of the flange (1) that se-
cures the head (2) and take it away. Move the flange
(1) towards the piston rod.
3 - Push the head (2) into the cylinder (3) and remove the
snap ring (4).
H Take great care not to damage the inside of the
cylinder.
RKPA7310
4 - Slide the piston rod (5) out of the cylinder (3), com-
plete with the flange (1), the snap ring (4), the head
(2) and the piston (6).
1
2. 2nd boom, boom swing and blade cylinders: 2 4
5 - Remove the screws (7) and remove the two half-
flanges (8). 8
4 6 7
RKPA7320
3. Boom, arm and bucket cylinders

1 - Heat the safety valve (9) and the end nut (10) to a
temperature of 140 ± 150 ëC (284 ± 302 ëF).
10
2 - Only for arm cylinder: loosen and remove the safety 9
screw (9).
3 - Loosen and remove the nut (10). Use the key F7 and
the dynamometric key B1.
H Before continuing with the dismantling opera-
tions, allow the piston rod to cool down.
RKPA7330
3. All cylinders
1 - Take the group to pieces.
For the arm cylinder, first take away the thirteen
brake pin (12) retaining balls (11) (në 12).
7 - Remove the seals from the piston rod, the piston, the 12
head and the flange.
11
RKPA7340
30-106 PC75R-2
ASSEMBLY OF THE WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS
H Take care not to damage the seals or the sliding sur-

faces.
H Prepare each individual component before final as-
3
2
sembly.
1 2
1. Assembly of the head-retaining flange.

1
1 - Mount the scraper (1) in the external seating of the
flange (2), making sure that it is positioned correctly.
Drive home the scraper using the press.
2 - Mount the O-ring seal (3). RKP07300
RKPA7350
H Use grease to hold the washer in place.

Sealant: ASL800050
6 5
7 1
2. Head assembly
1 - Mount the internal central retaining ring, positioning 4 2
first the O-ring (1) and then the sealing ring (2).
H Make sure that the lowering of the retaining ring is
turned towards the inside of the cylinder.
3 4
2 - Use the tool F1, mount the lip seal (3).
H Check that the lips are facing towards the inside RKP08000
of the cylinder.
3 - Mount the guide rings (4).
6 5 1 6 5 6
4 - Mount the O-rings (5) and relative anti-extrusion rings 7
(6) on the outside of the head (7).
H Check the position of the anti-extrusion rings (6).
4
3 2 4 RKP08010
1 2 F1
7 2
RKPA7360 RKPA7370
PC75R-2 30-107
5 - Gauge the diameter of the internal seals, mounting

the group underneath the press and using the speci-
fic gauging knuckle pin F2 for the diameter of the pis-
ton rod.
F2
RKPA7380
3. Piston assembly
1 - Using the tool F3, mount the piston seal. Mount in the
correct sequence the rubber ring (1), the external seal
(2), and the rings wear (3).
2 - Mount the guide rings (4).
1 2 F3
3 - For the arm piston only: Mount the O-ring (5) and
the rings wear (6) for the sealing between piston rod
and piston.
RKPA7390
4 3 2 3 4
6 5 6
RKP08020
4 - Gauge the diameter of the seal (2) of the piston (7),

mounting the group under the press and using the
specific gauging ring F4 for the piston diameter.
7
F4
RKPA7400
30-108 PC75R-2
4. Piston rod group assembly

1 - Mount on the end of the piston rod (1) the bushing F5
of the correct diameter. 2
1 4
2 - Slide the head-retaining flange (2), the snap ring (3)
and the head (4) onto the piston rod.
H Check carefully the positioning of the head-retain-
ing flange.
3 - Remove the bushing F5 from the end of the piston.
F5 3
RKPA7410
4 - Mount the O-ring (5) and the rings wear (6) in the end-
seating, for the sealing between the piston ring and 5
piston.
H For boom, arm and bucket piston ring, the seal is
housed in the piston itself. 7 8
6
5 - Mount in the correct sequence the brake bushing (7)
(for the boom and arm cylinders only) and the piston
(8).
RKPA7420
6 - For the arm piston only: mount the brake pin (9) and
slide the thirteen retaining balls (11) (në 12) into the
hole (10).
8 12
7 - Mount the half-flanges (12) that hold the piston (8) in 10
place, and secure them with the screws (13).
Flange retaining screws: 49w5 Nm
(36.1w3.7 lb.ft.)
13
11 9
RKPA7430
For the arm piston only:

1 - Mount the nut (14) that holds the piston (8) in
place, and tighten with the socket wrench F7
8
and the dynamometric tool with multiplier B1. 14
Piston retaining nut: Loctite 262
Piston retaining nut: 15
Boom: 530w53 kgm (3833.5w383.35 lb.ft.)
Arm: 300w20 kgm (2170w144.7 lb.ft.)
Bucket: 290w29 kgm (2097.5w209.7 lb.ft.)
2 - Mount the safety screw (15).
Safety screws: Loctite 262
Safety screws: 9w0.9 kgm (65.1w6.5 lb.ft.) RKPA7331
PC75R-2 30-109
5. Cylinder assembly
1 - Place the cylinder (1) and the piston rod group (2) on 1 3
the equipment F8 and align their axes. 4
2
2 - Lubricate the external seals and insert the piston (3)
in the cylinder (1).
Piston sealants: Grease ASL800050
H Before inserting the piston, check that the seals
are not damaged and that they fit perfectly in their
seatings.
3 - Lubricate the external seals of the head (4) and insert 5
it completely into the cylinder (1). F8 RKPA7311
Head sealants: Grease ASL800050

H Before inserting the head, check that the seals
are not damaged and that they fit perfectly in their
seatings.
4 - Using the tool F6, position the snap ring (5) that holds
8
the head (4) in the cylinder seating. 6
H Check that the snap ring is completely inserted in
the seating.
5 - Position the flange (6) that holds the head in place,
and secure it with the screws (7). F6
H Before positioning the flange, check that the O-
ring flange seal (8) is in its seating.
Flange blocking screws: 5w0.5 kgm
RKPA7460
(36.2w3.7 lb.ft.)
7
RKPA7470
30-110 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION WORK EQUIPMENT (For 1-piece boom)
REMOVAL OF WORK EQUIPMENT

(For 1-piece boom)
the ground
1 - Put a sling around the cylinder (1) of the boom. 7
by moving the PPC valve lever several times.
3 - Remove the screw (2) and draw out the pin (3). 3
6
4 - Start the engine to retract the piston (4). 4
H To hold the piston in its fully retracted position, tie 1
it with wire.
RKPA7161
5 - Lower the cylinder (1) until it comes to rest on blocks

(A).
AND ADJUSTMENTS»).
7 - Remove the overload sensor (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF OVERLOAD SENSOR»). 1
8 - Disconnect the hoses (5) and plug them. Also plug
the rigid tubes.
9 - Put the equipment in a sling and apply slight tension
to the cables.
10 - Remove the screw (6) and the pin (7). Lift off the work
equipment (8). A
Work equipment: 950 kg (2093 lb.) RKPA7170
INSTALLATION OF WORK
EQUIPMENT (For 1-piece boom)

tributed on both sides of the piston) until a clear- 5 5
ance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob-
tained.
When aligning the positions between holes and RKPA7480

alignment.

tributed on both sides of the arm) until a clearance
of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is obtained.
. Start the engine to circulate the oil, and bleed air from
the cylinder.
H After bleeding the air, switch off the engine and
check oil level in the tank. 8
RKPA7490
PC75R-2 30-111
REMOVAL OF WORK EQUIPMENT (For 2-piece boom)

Fully extend the arm and the 2-piece boom and com-
pletely curl up the bucket. Position a stand (A)
(height 1.60 m (63.04 in.)) between the boom and
the 2-piece boom, and rest the back of the bucket
on the ground.
Stabilise the machine by resting the blade and/or the
stabilisers on the ground.
A
Completely eliminate residual pressures from all the
circuits. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-
JUSTMENTS»).
RKPA7500
1 - Disconnect the boom cylinder (1) from the 2-piece

boom and rest it on a stand (B).
H In order to disconnect the boom cylinder, it is ne-
cessary to remove the RH cylinder of the 2-piece 2
boom. (See «REMOVAL OF 2-PIECE BOOM CY-
A 1
LINDERS up to point 11).
After having disconnected the boom cylinder, re-

assemble the RH cylinder of the 2-piece boom
with the pin (2) and fasten it with its own screws.
B
RKPA7530
2 - Disconnect the eight hoses (3) (në 8) that control the

front work equipment cylinders, and plug them. Also
plug the union fittings of the hoses (4). 3
RKPA7520
3 - Put the boom (5) in a sling and apply slight tension to

the cables.
5
H Pass the cables through the rigid tubes to avoid
distortion. 7
4 - Remove the screws (6) and take out the pin (7).
5 - Raise the boom (5) until it is disengaged from the swi-

6
vel support (8) and take away the stand (A).
Equipment: 1300 kg (2864 lb.) A 8

RKPA7510
30-112 PC75R-2
6 - Swing the group to the side of the machine and rest

the boom on a stand (C).
5
RKP08030
INSTALLATION OF THE WORK

EQUIPMENT (For 2-piece boom)
H Insert the shims (distributed on both sides of the

top of the cylinder) until a clearance of 1 ± 2
mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is obtained.
When aligning the positions between holes and

alignment.
H Insert the shims (distributed on both sides of the

top of the piston rod) until a clearance of 1 ± 2
mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is obtained.
the cylinder. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-
JUSTMENTS»).
H After bleeding the air, switch off engine and check
oil level in the tank.
PC75R-2 30-113
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BUCKET
REMOVAL OF BUCKET
Lower the bucket to the ground, resting with its back
on a flat surface. 7
4
1 - Take out the safety pin (1) and the connecting pin (2)
between bucket (3) and tie-rod (4).
6
2
5
2 - Take out the safety pin (5) and the pin (6) that con-
nects the bucket to the arm (7).
1 3
INSTALLATION OF BUCKET RKPA7540
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance be-

tween bucket (3) and tie-rod (4).
When lining up the hole and the pin, let the en-
gine turn at low idling speed.
Do not insert fingers into the holes to check
alignment.
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance (on

both sides) between the bucket (3) and the arm
(7), until a play of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394
in.) is obtained.
30-114 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ARM
REMOVAL OF ARM
1 - Remove the bucket (For details, see «REMOVAL OF

BUCKET»).
2 - Remove the bucket cylinder. (For details, see «RE- 1
MOVAL OF BUCKET CYLINDER»).
3 - If the machine is designed for the application of op-
tional front equipment, disconnect the boom (or the 2-
piece boom), the tubes (1) and remove the supports (2).
2
RKPA7550
4 - Loosen the ring nut (3) and pin (4) and remove the
thrust lever (5).
3
4
RKPA7560
5 - Raise the boom and bring the arm (6) into a vertical
position and then lower it to the ground.
RKP08100
6 - Switch off the engine and release residual pressures.

10 7
7 - Put the arm cylinder (7) in a sling, remove the screw 9
(8) and take out the pin (9).
8 - Start the engine and fully retract the piston (10).
H To hold the piston rod in its fully retracted posi-

8
RKPA7570
PC75R-2 30-115
9 - Rest the cylinder (7) on a block (A).

10 - Switch off the engine. 7
A
RKPA7580
11 - Connect the arm (7) to the hoisting tackle and apply

slight tension to the cable.
12 - Remove the cotter-pin (11) and the nut (12).
12
11
RKPA7590
13 - Take out the screw (13) and pull out the pin (14).
14 - Lift off the arm (6). 6
Arm: 125 kg (275.4 lb.)
Long arm: 167 kg (368 lb.)
14
13
RKPA7600
15 - Start the engine and, for reasons of safety, lower the

boom or 2-piece boom until it rests on the ground.
RKPB1260
30-116 PC75R-2
INSTALLATION OF ARM

H Insert shim

pin, do not insert fingers into the hole to check
the alignment.

tributed on both sides of the piston) until a clear-
ance of 1 ± 2 mm (0.0394 ± 0.0788 in.) is ob-
tained.
Do not insert fingers into the holes to check the
alignment.

tributed on both sides) until a clearance of
0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is obtained.
pin, do not insert fingers into the holes to check
the alignment.
PC75R-2 30-117
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2nd BOOM
REMOVAL OF 2nd BOOM
1 - Remove the bucket, the bucket cylinder, the arm cy-

linder and the arm. For details see:
. REMOVAL OF BUCKET
. REMOVAL OF BUCKET CYLINDER 1
. REMOVAL OF ARM CYLINDER
. REMOVAL OF ARM
2 - Start the engine and bring the 2-piece boom (1) into a
vertical position. Lower it until it rests on the ground
and switch off the engine. RKPB1261

boom and remove the nut (3), the screw (4) and the 2 2
shim (5).
4 - Slide out the pin (6) that connects the RH cylinder (2)
to the 2-piece boom (1) until the piston rod is comple- 5
tely disconnected. 5
3
6 4
RKPA7211
5 - Start the engine and completely retract the piston rod

of the RH cylinder.
H To hold the piston rod in a fully retracted position,
tie it with wire and switch off the engine.
6 - Lower the cylinder until it is in a vertical position, leav-
ing the boom tied up.
7 - Repeat these operations from point 3 to point 6 in or-
der to disconnect the LH cylinder (7).
RKPA7221
8 - Hook the 2-piece boom to the hoisting tackle.

9 - Remove the screws and take out the pin (8).
10 - Take off the 2-piece boom. 8

2-piece boom: 162 kg (357 lb.)
7
RKPA7610
30-118 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2nd BOOM
INSTALLATION OF 2nd BOOM
Self-locking nut: 118 Nm (87 lb.ft.).

alignment.
. Insert the shims (distributed on both sides of the

boom) until a clearance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ±
0.0394 in.) is obtained.
the cylinder. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-
JUSTMENTS»).
check the oil level in the tank.
PC75R-2 30-119
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM (For 1-piece boom)
REMOVAL OF BOOM (For 1-piece boom)
1 - Remove the arm (For details, see «REMOVAL OF 2

ARM»).
2 - Remove the arm cylinder. (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF ARM CYLINDER»).
3 - Start the engine and lower the boom to the ground.
4 - Switch off the engine and move the PPC valve sev-
eral times to release pressures in the cylinder. 3
5 - Put the boom cylinder in a sling (1).
6 - Take out the screw (2) and pull out the pin (3). 4
1
7 - Start the engine and fully retract the piston (4). RKPA7162
H To hold the piston rod in its fully retracted posi-

8 - Switch off the engine and release all pressures. (For 9
9 - Lower the piston until it is resting on blocks (A).
10 - Remove the overload sensor. (For details, see «RE- 1
MOVAL OF OVERLOAD SENSOR»).
8
11 - Put the boom (5) in a sling, using the attachment hole
in the arm cylinder. Apply slight tension to the cable.
12 - Disconnect the front equipment hoses (6) and plug
them. Also plug the rigid tubes (7).
13 - Take out the screw (8) and pull out the pin (9). A
14 - Lift off the boom (5).
RKPA7171
Boom: 300 kg (661 lb.)
INSTALLATION OF BOOM 5
(For 1-piece boom)

tained.

pin, let the engine run at minimum idling. RKPA7620

alignment.
7 7

tributed on both sides of the boom) until a clear-
ance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is ob-
tained. 6 6
. Start the engine to circulate the oil and bleed air from
the cylinders.
check the oil level in the tank. RKPA7481
30-120 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1st BOOM
REMOVAL OF 1st BOOM
1 - Remove the bucket, the bucket cylinder, the arm cy-

linder, the arm, and the 2-piece boom. For details
see:
. REMOVAL OF BUCKET
. REMOVAL OF BUCKET CYLINDER
. REMOVAL OF ARM CYLINDER
. REMOVAL OF ARM
. REMOVAL OF 2-PIECE BOOM
2 - Replace the fulcrum pin (1) of the 2-piece boom and

secure it with the proper screws.
2 1
3 - Manoeuvre the boom (2) until the fulcrum pin is rest-
ing on a stand (A), 1.60 m (63.04 in.) high.
A
4 - Switch off the engine and release any residual pres-
sures in the boom cylinder.
5 - Remove the 2-piece boom cylinders (3) and let the
3
boom cylinder (4) rest on a stand. (For details, see
«REMOVAL OF 2-PIECE BOOM CYLINDER»).
4
RKPA7630
6 - Remove the overload sensor. (For details, see «RE-

MOVAL OF OVERLOAD SENSOR»).
7
7 - Disconnect the six connecting hoses of the front work 6
5
equipment cylinders (5) (në 6) and the two tubes (6) of
the optional equipment (në 2).
H Plug the hoses and rigid tubes to prevent entry of im-
purities.
RKPA7521
8 - Take out the four screws (7) (në 4) and lift away the
complete rack of tubes. 7
RKPA7440
PC75R-2 30-121
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1st BOOM
9 - Screw four M10 UNI 2947 eyebolts (8) as far as they

will go into the holes of the rack of tubes.
8 10
10 - Attach the hoisting tackle to the eyebolts and apply
slight tension to the cables.
11 - Take out the screws (9) and remove the pin (10).
12 - Lift away the entire boom (2).
Boom: 245 kg (540 lb.)
2
9
RKPB1270
INSTALLATION OF 1ST BOOM

Do not insert fingers in the holes in order to

check the alignment.
H Insert shims on both sides of the boom, until a

clearance of 0.5 ± 1 mm (0.0197 ± 0.0394 in.) is
obtained.
. Start the engine to let the oil circulate and bleed air
from the cylinders.
check the level in the oil tank.
30-122 PC75R-2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING BRACKET
REMOVAL OF SWING BRACKET

Extend the work equipment fully and rest it on the
ground.
1 - Remove the front work equipment. (For details see
«REMOVAL OF WORK EQUIPMENT»). 1 H1
2 - Remove the boom cylinder (For details, see «RE-
MOVAL OF BOOM CYLINDER»).
3 - Take out the screws and remove the pins (4).
4 - Attach the swing bracket (1) to the hoisting tackle H1

and apply slight tension to the cable.
RKPA7450
5 - Place a jack (3) beneath the lower pin (2).
6 - Take out the retaining screws and pull out the pin (2).
7 - Take out the retaining screws and, with the help of a

lever, pull out the upper pin (4).
8 - Lift out the swing bracket (1).
Swing bracket: 170 kg (374.5 lb.)
2
INSTALLATION OF SWING
SUPPORT 3
RKPA7650
Lower pin: ASL800050
Upper pin: ASL800050
H Insert the adjustments to a given clearance be-

tween the chassis and the support. 4
Unit: mm
Pos. Code No. Thick- Quantity

ness
1 21D-09-39170 5 2
2 21D-09-39160 0.5 2 RKPA7660
Supporting surfaces and adjustments to a gi-

ven clearance: ASL800050
2
tributed on both sides of the eyes piston) until a
tained.
2
When aligning the positions between hole and pin,
run the engine at idling.
Do not introduce hand fingers in the holes to check
the alignment. 1
RKP07490
PC75R-2 30-123
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE
REMOVAL OF BLADE
1 - Remove the blade cylinder (For details, see «RE- 1

MOVAL OF BLADE CYLINDER»).
2 - Attach the hoisting tackle to the blade, using the 2
holes provided on the sides (1) and the piston cou-
1
pling (2).
H Adjust the length of the chains to keep the group
in equilibrium.
3 - Loosen the screws (3) and remove the pin (4).
5
4 - Remove the blade (5).
RKPA7670
Blade: 250 kg (551 lb.)
3
Inside bushings: ASL800050 4

pin, run the engine at minimum idling.
Do not insert fingers in the holes to check the
alignment.
RKPA7680

tributed on both sides of the fulcrum bushings).
30-124 PC75R-2
GROUP 40
40-28 PC15R-8
MAINTENANCE STANDARD
P.T.O. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 2 Swing motor . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 22

Swing circle. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 3 Swivel joint. .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 23
Track frame. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 4 Travel motor . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 24
Idler . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 5 Servocontrol feed unit . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 26
Carrier roller . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 6 Travel PPC valve .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 27
Track roller. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 7 PPC valve . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 28
Track shoe . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 8 Blade safety valve. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 30
Sprocket .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 9 Cylinders . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 32
Swing machinery . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 10 Work equipment (1-piece boom) . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 34
Hydraulic pump . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 11 Work equipment (2-piece boom) . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 36
Control valve . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . 12
PC75R-2 40-1
P.T.O.
44 Nm
(32.4 lb.ft.)
50 Nm
(36.8 lb.ft.)
50 Nm
(36.8 lb.ft.)
RKP08291
40-2 PC75R-2
SWING CIRCLE
314 Nm (230.5 lb.ft.)

with Loctite 262
Section B - B
Sezione B - B
1
Section AA- -AA
Sezione
C
D
Section C -- CC C
Sezione C
D B
314 Nm A
(230.5 lb.ft.)
A
D
D
Section
Sezione D
D -- D
D C
RKP08171
C
Unit: mm (in.)
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard clearance Clearance limit

Axial clearance Replace
0.04 ± 0.20 0.50
(0.0016 ± 0.0078) (0.02)
PC75R-2 40-3
TRACK FRAME
RKP08121
Unit: mm (in.)
Item Repair limit
Curvature 5 (for 1000 mm) (0.197 for 39.4 in.)

1 Deformation of frame Rebuild
Torsion 5 (for 300 mm) (0.197 for 11.8 in.)
Opening of idler
5 (0.197)
portion
Item Standard side Limit side

Vertical width of
2 Track frame 61 (2.403) 66 (2.600)
idler guide
Build up
Idler support 60 (2.184) 57 (2.127) welding or
replace
Track frame 161 (6.343) 166 (6.540)
Horizontal width of
3
idler guide
Idler support 160 (6.304) 155 (6.107)
Standard side
Installed Installed
Free length
4 Recoil spring length load Replace
4000 kg
233 (9.180) 203 (7.998)
(8.812 lb.)
40-4 PC75R-2
IDLER
4
5 3
55w5 Nm
(40.5w3.7 lb.ft.)
2 1
7 6
RKP08820
Unit: mm (in.)
Outer diameter of protru- Standard size Repair limit

1
sion 408 (16.1) 398 (15.7)
2 Outer diameter of tread 380 (13.79) 370 (14.578) Build up
welding or
3 Width of protrusion 54 (2.127) 45 (1.773) replace
4 Total width 105 (4.137) 96 (3.782)
5 Width of tread 25.5 (1.005) 30 (1.182)
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance

size Shaft Hole clearance limit
Clearance between shaft
6 + 0.133 0.133
and bushing +0
(+ 0.0052) (0.0052) 1.5
42 (1.654) ± 0.025 Replace
± 0.025 0.262 (0.06)
( ± 0.001)
(±0.001) (0.01)
Standard size Repair limit
7 End play of idler
0.65 ± 1.2 (0.026 ± 0.047) 2 (0.0788)
PC75R-2 40-5
CARRIER ROLLER
6 585 Nm
(23.05 lb.ft.)
1 2
5 3
4 7
RKP10380
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Outer diameter of tread
145 (5.713) 136 (5.358)
Outer diameter of protru- Build up
2 120 (4.728) 111 (4.373)
sion welding
3 Width of protrusion 53 (2.088) 45 (1.773) or replace
4 Total width 110 (4.334) 102 (4.018)

5 Width of tread 28.5 (1.122) 32.5 (1.280)

Interference between
6 + 0.085 0.085 ± 0.015
shaft and ring + 0.039
(+0.0033) 0.021 (0.0006)
36 (1.418) (+0.0015) Replace
± 0.060 (0.0033 ± 0.010
±0
(± 0.0023) 0.0008) (0.0004)
7 End play of idler
0.1 ± 0.6 (0.0039 - 0.0024) 1.2 (0.047)
40-6 PC75R-2
TRACK ROLLER
6 Nm
(4.42 lb.ft.)
3 4
2 1
5 6
RKP08810
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Outer diameter of tread
160 (6.30) 150 (5.91)
2 Tread outside diameter 135 (5.32) 125 (4.92)
3 Tread width 28 (1.103) 32 (1.26)
4 Flange width 14 (0.55) 10 (0.394)

Clearance between shaft
5 + 0.189 0.075 ±
and bushing
0.025 (0.0074) 0.214 1.5
40 (1.57)
(0.0009) + 0.075 (0.0030 ± (0.059)
(0.0030) 0.0084)
Standard Tolerance Standard Interfer.

Interference between rol-
6 ler + 0.07 0.095 ±
and bushing (0.0028) 0.039 0.031 0.015
48 (1.89)
+ 0.095 (0.0015) (0.0037 ± (0.0006)
(0.0037) 0.0012)
Standard tolerance Clearance limit
7 End play of idler
0.2 ± 1.2 (0.0079 ± 0.047) 2 (0.0788)
PC75R-2 40-7
TRACK SHOE
3 4
1
160w10 Nm
(118w7.4 lb.ft.) 6 7
8 2 5 RKP08800
Unit: mm (in.)

Standard size Repair limit Turn or
1 Link pitch
140 (5.52) 143.6 (5.66) replace
Bushing outside diame- Turn or

2 37 (1.46) 34 (1.34)
ter replace
Lud welding
3 Grouser height 18 (0.71) 6 (0.24) rebuild
or replace
Rebuild or
4 Link height 70 (2.76) 66 (2.60)
replace
Standard Tolerance Standard Interfer.

size Shaft Hole interf. limit
Interference between +0.1
5 +0 36.72 0.33 ±
bushing and link 37.5 ± 0.1 ± 0.1
0.13
37 (1.46) +0 Ð
(1.48 ± 0.004) (1.45 +0.004 ) (0.119 ±
± 0.004 0.0051)
24.70 ±+0.1 0.4 ± Replace

Interference between 25 0.1 0.1 0.2
6 25 (0.98) (0.97 +0.004 ) Ð
regular pin and link (0.98 0.004 ± 0.004
(0.0157 ±
0.0079)
0.21 ±
Interference between 24.88w0.03 24.70 +0.1 0.05
7 25 (0.98) ± 0.1 Ð
master pin and link (0.098w0.0012) (0.0083 ±
(0.97 +0.004
± 0.004
) 0.0197)
Clearance between Standard tolerance Clearance limit

8 Replace
link joint surface 1 (0.0394) Ð
40-8 PC75R-2
SPROCKET
2 1
180 Nm
with Loctite
3
4
RKP08790
Unit: mm (in.)
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit

1 Wear of roots of sprocket teeth
438 (17.14) 3( 0.12) 425 (16.74)
2 Wear of tips of sprocket teeth 495 (19.5) 2( 0.079) 482 (18.99)
Face width of sprocket teeth

3 32 (1.26) Ð 29 (1.14)
(teeth crest)
Face width of sprocket teeth

4 46 (1.81) 1.5 ( 0.059) 42 (1.65)
(bottom land)
PC75R-2 40-9
SWING MACHINERY
1
58.8 ± 73.5 Nm
(43.3 ± 54.2 lb.ft)
2
ASL800070 4
6 3
7
5
RKP08780
Unit: mm (in.)

Backlash between No. 1 Standard clearance Clearance limit
1 sun gear and No. 1
planetary gear 0.11 ± 0.31 (0.0043 ± 0.0122) 0.6 (0.0236)
Backlash between No. 1
2 planetary gear and ring 0.12 ± 0.40 (0.0047 ± 0.0157) 0.6 (0.0236)
gear
3 and gear and No. 2 0.11 ± 0.31 (0.0043 ± 0.0122) 0.6 (0.0236) Replace
planetary gear
4 planetary gear and ring 0.12 ± 0.40 (0.0047 ± 0.0157) 0.6 (0.0236)
gear
Backlash between swing
5 pinion and swing circle 0.22 ± 0.85 (0.0087 ± 0.0335) 2.0 (0.0787)
gear
Standard Repair
Wear of swing pinion Tolerance
side limit
6 shaft surface contacting Repair hard
with oil seal 65 (2.56) 64.8 (2.55) chrome
0.074 (0.0029)
plating or
Wear of swing pinion replace
± 0.043 (0.0017)
7 collar surface contacting 125 (4.92) 124.8 (4.914)
± 0.106 (0.0042)
with dust seal
40-10 PC75R-2
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Y
68.6w9.8 Nm 17.2w2.5 Nm
(50.6w0.737 lb.ft.) (12.7w1.8 lb.ft.) View ZZ
Vista
7.35w1.47 Nm 110.3w12.3 Nm
(5.4w1.1 lb.ft.) (81.4w9.1 lb.ft)
View Y
Vista Y
RKP08211
12.3w7.4 Nm
(9.1w5.5 lb.ft.)
PC75R-2 40-11
CONTROL VALVE
D A
C B
AA AA
M M
L L
K K
J J
H H
G G
G G
F F
E E
BB BB
D C
29.4 ± 39.2 Nm B
250 ± 253 Nm A
(184.4 ± 186.6 lb.ft.) (21.7 ± 28.9 lb.ft.)
1 3
4 2
Tightening following
1st tightening: 19.6 ± 29.4 Nm 1-2-3-4 order
(14.5 ± 21.7 lb.ft.) in 3 times
2nd tightening: 39.2 ± 49 Nm
(28.9 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
3rd tightening: 58.8 ± 73.5 Nm
(43.4 ± 54.2 lb.ft.)
RKP03100
40-12 PC75R-2
39 ± 49 Nm 39 ± 49 Nm
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.) (28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
39 ± 49 Nm
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.) 39 ± 49 Nm
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
39 ± 49 Nm 39 ± 49 Nm
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
1 (28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
107.8 ± 147 Nm
(79.5 ± 108.4 lb.ft.)
Section A - A
Sezione A - A
RKP03110
Unit: mm (in.)

Free length Installed Installed Free length Installed
Cooler by-pass
1 x O.D. length load x O.D. load Replace
valve spring
231.4 N
Ð 33 (1.3) Ð Ð
(23.6 kg)
PC75R-2 40-13
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 1
1 1
1 1
3 3
Section
Sezione B
B -- BB RKP02781
Unit: mm (in.)

Spool return spring
(Work equipment, swing, Free length Installed Installed Free length Installed
1 boom, arm, bucket, x O.D. length load x O.D. load
boom swing, blade,
travel, equipment) 34.7 N
Ð 40.5 (1.6) Ð Ð
(3.5 kg) Replace
Spool return spring 54.6 N
2 Ð 40.5 (1.6) Ð Ð
(Arm) (5.6 kg)
Spool return spring 4.9 N
3 Ð 40.5 (1.6) Ð Ð
(Boom, swing) (5 kg)
40-14 PC75R-2
1
118 ± 162 Nm
(87 ± 119.5 lb.ft.) 118 ± 162 Nm
(87 ± 119.5 lb.ft.)
118 ± 162 Nm
(87 ± 119.5 lb.ft.)
1
3
Section C - C
Sezione C - C
RKP02791
Unit: mm (in.)

Pressure compensation
1 x O.D. length load x O.D. load
valve spring
13.72 N
Ð 14.5 (0.57) Ð Ð
(1.4 kg)
Pressure compensation 55.9w3 N Replace
2 Ð 21.5 (0.85) Ð Ð
valve spring (boom) (5.7w0.34 kg)
Spool (boom raise at joining 238.3 N
3 Ð 36 (1.42) Ð Ð
pump discharge) (24.3 kg)
Flow compensation valve 27.6 N
4 Ð 20 (0.79) Ð Ð
spring (boom) (2.82 kg)
PC75R-2 40-15
24.5 ± 34.3 Nm
(18.1 ± 25.3 lb.ft.)
58.8 ± 78.5 Nm
(43.4 ± 57.9 lb.ft.)
Section
SezioneDD- -DD
RKP02801
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Check valve spring x O.D. length load x O.D. load
3.92 N Replace
Ð 22 (0.876) Ð Ð
(0.4 kg)
Check valve spring 11.5 13.7 N
2 Ð Ð Ð
(Swing) (0.453) (1.4 kg)
40-16 PC75R-2
107.8 ± 147 Nm
(79.5 ± 108.4 lb.ft.)
49 ± 59 Nm 1
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
Section BB - BB
Sezione BB - BB RKP02821
19.6 ± 27.4 Nm 65.7 ± 85.3 Nm

(14.4 ± 20.2 lb.ft.) (48.5 ± 62.9 lb.ft.)
with Loctite 638
Section E - E
Sezione E - E RKP02811
Unit: mm (in.)

x O.D. length load x O.D. load
1 Lift check valve spring Replace
44.9 36,3 N
Ð Ð Ð
(1.768) (3.7 kg)
PC75R-2 40-17
34 ± 44 Nm
88.3 ± 107.9 Nm (25.1 ± 32.5 lb.ft.)
(65.1 ± 79.6 lb.ft.)
34 ± 44 Nm
(3.5 ± 4.5 kgm)
19.6 ± 27.5 Nm
(14.4 ± 20.2 lb.ft)
34 ± 44 Nm
(3.5 ± 4.5 kgm)
Section AA - AA RKP02841
Sezione AA - AA
39 ± 49 Nm
(28.8 ± 36.2 lb.ft.)
49 ± 59 Nm
(36.2 ± 43.5 lb.ft.)
Section F - F
Sezione F - F RKP02831
40-18 PC75R-2
RKP02851
Section G - G
Sezione G - G
14.7 ± 19.6 Nm 14.7 ± 19.6 Nm

(10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft.) (10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft.)
with Loctite 638 with Loctite 638
Section H - H
Sezione H - H RKP02861
PC75R-2 40-19
14.7 ± 19.6 Nm 14.7 ± 19.6 Nm
(10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft) (10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft)
with Loctite 638 with Loctite 638
SectionJ J- J- J
Sezione
RKP02871
14.7 ± 19.6 Nm
(10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft)
with Loctite 638
Section K - K RKP02881
Sezione K - K
40-20 PC75R-2
14.7 ± 19.6 Nm
(10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft)
with Loctite 638
RKP02891
Section L - L
Sezione L - L
14.7 ± 19.6 Nm
(10.8 ± 14.5 lb.ft)
with Loctite 638
30 ± 25 Nm
(22.1 ± 18.5 lb.ft.)
Section M - M RKP02901
Sezione M - M
147 ± 186 Nm
(108.4 ± 137.2 lb.ft.)
RKP02911
Section
SezioneNN- -NN
PC75R-2 40-21
SWING MOTOR
250 ± 253 Nm
(184.4 ± 186.6 lb.ft.)
RKP10390
Unit: mm (in.)

x O.D. length load x O.D. load
1 Suction valve spring Replace
21.9 3.42 N
Ð Ð Ð
(0.862) (0.35 kg)
40-22 PC75R-2
SWIVEL JOINT
RKP03950
Unit: mm (in.)

Standard Standard Clearance
Tolerance
size clearance limit
± 0.02
(±0.0008)
Shaft
Clearance between ± 0.05 0.12 ±
1 Replace
shaft and rotor (±0.002) 0.20 0.25
85 (3.346)
+ 0.10 (0.005 ± (0.009)
(+0.004) 0.008)
Hole
+ 0.15
(+0.006)
PC75R-2 40-23
TRAVEL MOTOR
1 1
2 10 2
5 6 13 -14 13 -14
13 -14
4 9 8 12 11 3 7
RKP08690
40-24 PC75R-2
Installed Installed Installed

Free length Free length
length load load
1 Check valve spring
Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð
Replace
2 Spool return spring Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð
3 Piston spring Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð
4 Brake spring Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð
Standard size Limit size

5 Friction plate
2.8 (0.110) 2.5 (0.098)
Replace
Sealing surface
6 Ð 0.2 (0.008)
distance piece
Replace
7 Diameter of reaned holes 20.5 (0.807) 20.521 (0.808)
spindle
8 Piston diameter 16.995 (0.669) 16.985 (0.668)

Replace
9 Cylinder bore diameter 17.004 (0.669) 17.014 (0.670)
0.012 ± 0.018 0.023 Replace

10 Radial clearance of spool
(0.0005 ± 0.0007) (0.0009) spool
11 Play of piston ball in shoe 0.1 (0.004) 0.2 (0.008)
Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace

12 Play of piston ball in shoe
0.05 (0.002) 0.15 (0.006)
Flacking of trochoid tooth Normal value Limit value

surface RV-A gear,
13
RV-B gear, input gear,
spur gear, crankshaft, pins. Ð Max. 6.5 mm2
Replace
Pitting of trochoid tooth
surface of RV-A gear,
14 Ð Max. 1 mm2
RV-B gear, input gear,
spurg gear, crankshaft.
PC75R-2 40-25
3 22.0 w4.9 Nm 29.4w4.9 Nm

(16.2w3.6 lb.ft) (21.7w3.6 lb.ft)
9.8w2 Nm
(7.2w1.5 lb.ft.)
1 2 9.8w2 Nm 4
66.2 w7.3 Nm (7.2w1.5 lb.ft.)
(48.8w5.4 lb.ft.)
Section A - A Section B - B
Sezione A - A Sezione B - B
RKP04090
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Reducing valve main spring x O.D. length load x O.D. load
19.2x7.2 16.1 19.6 N 17.7 N

Ð
(0.756x0.283) (0.634) (2 kg) (1.8 kg)
Replace
16.5x7.2 12.7 20.6 N 18.6 N
2 Reducing valve pilot spring Ð
(0.649x0.283) (0.500) (2.1 kg) (1.9 kg)
71x18 59 199.8 N 186.2 N

3 Spring Ð
(2.795x0.709) (2.323) (20.4 kg) (19 kg)
16.1x7.8 13.4 61.7 N 58.8 N

4 Spring Ð
(0.634x0.307) (0.527) (6.3 kg) (6 kg)
40-26 PC75R-2
TRAVEL PPC VALVE
4.4w0.5 Nm 27.9w3.4 Nm
(3.24w0.4 lb.ft.) (20.6w2.5 lb.ft.)
8.5w2.5 Nm
(6.2w1.8 lb.ft.) 6.5w2.5 Nm
(4.8w1.8 lb.ft.) Section B - B
Section A - A
8.8w1 Nm 30.9w3.4 Nm
(6.5w0.7 lb.ft.) (22.8w2.5 lb.ft.)
Section
Sezione C
C -- C
C Section
SezioneDD -- D
D
RKP04100
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Centering spring x O.D. length load x O.D. load
Replace
26.5x8.15 24.9 16,7 N 13.7 N
Ð
(1.043x0.321) (0.980) (1.7 kg) (1.4 kg)
48.1x15.5 32.5 107.8 N 86,2 N

2 Metering spring Ð
(1.894x0.610) (1.279) (11 kg) (8.8 kg)
PC75R-2 40-27
PPC VALVE
Boom, arm, bucket, swing
112.8w14.7 Nm
(83.2w10.8 lb.ft.)
13.2w1.5 Nm
(9.7w1.1 lb.ft.)
1
44.1 w4.9 Nm
(32.5w3.6 lb.ft.)
Section A - A Section B - B
8.3w 2.5 Nm
(6.1w1.8 lb.ft.)
2
Section
SezioneDD-- D
D
6.4w 2.5 Nm
3 (4.7w1.8 lb.ft.)
Section C - C
Sezione C - C
Section E
Sezione E --EE RKP01331
Unit: mm (in.)
No Check item Criteria Remedy

Metering spring
1 x O.D. length load x O.D. load
(For P3 and P4 port))
Replace if
38.7x15.5 34 9.8 N 7.8 N
Ð damaged
(1.524x0.610) (1.339) (1.0 kg) (0.8 kg)
or
Centering spring 42.5x15.5 34 17.6 N 13.7 N deformed
2 Ð
(For P1 and P2 port) (1.673x0.610) (1.339) (1.8 kg) (1.4 kg)
26.1x8.2 24.7 15.2 N 11.8 N
3 Metering spring Ð
(1.028x0.323) (0.972) (1.55 kg) (1.2 kg)
40-28 PC75R-2
PPC VALVE
Blade, boom swing, 2-piece boom
RKP04110
Unit: mm (in.)

1 Metering spring x O.D. length load x O.D. load
33.9x15.3 28.4 124.5 N 100.0 N

Ð
(1.335x0.602) (1.118) (12.7 kg) (10.2 kg)
22.7x8.1 22.0 16,7 N 13.7 N

2 Centering spring Ð
(0.894x0.319) (0.866) (1.7 kg) (1.4 kg)
PC75R-2 40-29
BLADE SAFETY VALVE
A A
75 Nm
(55.3 lb.ft.)
10 ± 12 Nm
(7.4 ± 8.8 lb.ft.)
1
2 RKP04620
Section A
Sezione A -- AA
Unit: mm (in.)
Free
Free length Installed Installed Installed
length
1 Spring x O.D. length load load Replace if
x O.D.
damaged
or
31.2x6.10 deformed
Ð Ð Ð Ð
(1.228x0.240)
14x10.7
2 Spring Ð Ð Ð Ð
(0.551x0.421)
40-30 PC75R-2
PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC75R-2 40-31
CYLINDERS
Boom: 5194w519 Nm (3831w382.8 lb.ft.)

Bucket Bucket: 2842w284 Nm (2097w209 lb.ft.)
with Loctite 262
Boom
1
RKP08711
49 Nm (36.1 lb.ft.)
with Loctite 262
Arm 88 Nm (64.9 lb.ft.)

with Loctite 262
1
RKP08721
49 Nm (36.1 lb.ft.) 2940w196 Nm (2168w144.5 lb.ft.)

with Loctite 262
Boom swing
2-piece boom
1
Blade
RKP08741
49 Nm (36.1 lb.ft.) 49 Nm (36.1 lb.ft.)
40-32 PC75R-2
Unit: mm (in.)
Tolerance
Standard Standard Clearance
Cylinder
size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
70 ±0.03 (±0.0012) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.23 ± 0.36 0.46

Boom (2.756) ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.009 ± 0.142) (0.0181)
2nd boom 50 ±0.025 (±0.001) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.225±0.35 0.45

Clearance (2 pieces) (1.968) ±0.05 (0.002) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.0089±0.0138) (0.0177)
between
1 60 ±0.03 (±0.0012) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.23 ± 0.36 0.46
piston rod Arm
and bushing (2.362) ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.009 ± 0.142) (0.0181)
55 ±0.03 (±0.0012) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.23 ± 0.36 0.46

Bucket (2.165) ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.009 ± 0.142) (0.0181)
60 ±0.03 (±0.0012) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.23 ± 0.36 0.46

Boom swing (2.362) ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.009 ± 0.142) (0.0181)
60 ±0.03 (±0.0012) +0.2 (0.0079) 0.23 ± 0.36 0.46

Blade (2.362) ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.3 (0.0118) (0.009 ± 0.142) (0.0181)
60 ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.1 (0.0039) 0.16±0.252 1

Boom (2.362) ±0.106 (0.0042) +0.146 (0.0057) (0.0063±0.0099) (0.0394)
2nd boom 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

(2 pieces) (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
Clearance 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

between Arm (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
2 cylinder
head bushing 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1
Bucket
and pin (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

Boom swing (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

Blade (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
60 ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.1 (0.0039) 0.16±0.252 1

Boom (2.362) ±0.106 (0.0042) +0.146 (0.0057) (0.0063±0.0099) (0.0394)
2nd boom 60 ±0.06 (±0.0024) +0.1 (0.0039) 0.16±0.252 1

(2 pieces) (2.362) ±0.106 (0.0042) +0.146 (0.0057) (0.0063±0.0099) (0.0394)
Clearance 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

between Arm (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
3 cylinder
bottom bushing 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1
and pin Bucket (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
Boom swing 50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

(1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
50 ±0.05 (0.002) +0.08 (0.0031) 0.13±0.208 1

Blade (1.968) ±0.089 (±0.0035) +0.119 (0.0047) (0.0051±0.0082) (0.0394)
PC75R-2 40-33
WORK EQUIPMENT
(1-piece boom)
A B
7 6 4 5 3
Section A - A Section B - B Section C - C
2 8
Section D - D Section E - E Section F - F
RKP08750
40-34 PC75R-2
Unit: mm (in.)
Standard Tolerance Standard Tolerance

Clearance between swing
1 bracket-to-revolving ±0.072 +0.145 0.271±
frame mounting and pin bushing 100 (±0.0028) (+0.0057) 0.116 0.8
(3.937) ±0.126 +0.044 (0.0107± (0.0315)
(±0.005) (+0.0017) 0.0046)
±0.060 +0.047 0.107±
Clearance between boom-to-swing 60 (±0.0024) (+0.0019) 0.233 0.8
2
bracket mounting pin and bushing (2.362) ±0.106 +0.127 (0.0042± (0.0315)
(±0.0042) (0.005) 0.0092)
±0.060 +0.047 0.107±
Clearance between boom-to-arm 60 (±0.0024) (+0.0019) 0.233 0.8
3
mounting pin and bushing (2.362) ±0.106 +0.127 (0.0042± (0.0315)
(±0.0042) (0.005) 0.0092)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket
50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
4 cylinder-to-link mounting
(1.968) ±0.089 +0.016 (0.0072± (0.0394) Replace
pin and link bushing
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between arm-to-link 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
5
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket-to-arm 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
6
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket-to-link 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
7
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between blade 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1.5
8
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
PC75R-2 40-35
WORK EQUIPMENT
(2-piece boom)
B
A
7 6 4 5 3
Section A - A Section B - B Section C - C
9 2
Section D - D Section E - E Section F - F
RKP08760
40-36 PC75R-2
8
Section G - G
RKP08770
Unit: mm (in.)
Standard Tolerance Standard Tolerance

Clearance between swing
1 bracket-to-revolving frame ±0.072 +0.145 0.271±
mounting and pin bushing 100 (±0.0028) (+0.0057) 0.116 0.8
(3.937) ±0.126 +0.044 (0.0107± (0.0315)
(±0.005) (+0.0017) 0.0046)
±0.060 +0.047 0.107±
Clearance between boom-
60 (±0.0024) (+0.0019) 0.233 0.8
2 to-swing bracket mounting
(2.362) ±0.106 +0.127 (0.0042± (0.0315)
pin and bushing
(±0.0042) (0.005) 0.0092)
±0.060 +0.047 0.107±
Clearance between boom-to-arm 60 (±0.0024) (+0.0019) 0.233 0.8
3
(±0.0042) (0.005) 0.0092)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket
50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
4 cylinder-to-link mounting pin
(1.968) ±0.089 +0.016 (0.0072± (0.0394)
and link bushing
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184± Replace
Clearance between arm-to-link 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
5
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket-to-arm 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
6
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between bucket-to-link 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1
7
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.050 +0.095 0.184±
Clearance between blade fulcrum 50 (±0.0197) (0.0374) 0.066 1.5
8
pin and bushing (1.968) ±0.089 +0.016 (0.0072± (0.0591)
(±0.0035) (+0.0006) 0.0026)
±0.060 +0.047 0.107±
Clearance between bushing and 60 (±0.0024) (+0.0019) 0.233 0.8
9
mounting pin of 2nd boom (2.362) ±0.106 +0.127 (0.0042± (0.0315)
(±0.0042) (0.005) 0.0092)
PC75R-2 40-37

Komatsu PC-75

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Komatsu PC-75

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Komatsu PC-75

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WEBM004000

10 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

20 TESTING AND ADJUSTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1

30 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1

40 MAINTENANCE STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1

c Page to be replaced Replace

( ) Page to be delete Discard

Pages having no marks are those previously revised

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

00-1 10-25 10-66 10-107 20-30

30-9 30-66 30-123

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TESTING AND ADJUSTING

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL

Symbol Item Remarks

Example Weight of parts or systems.

REVISED EDITION MARK

ing, and a serious accident can result.

1. If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the

The allowable load value is estimated to be

2) Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of the

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE

1. STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLTS AND NUT

Width across flat

6 1 10 5 0.96w0.1 9.5w1 7w0.74 1.3w0.15 13.5w1.5 10w1

8 1.25 13 6 2.3w0.2 23w2 17w1.5 3.2w0.3 32.2w3.5 24w2.6

10 1.5 17 8 4.6w0.5 45w4.9 6.5w0.6 6.5w0.6 63w6.5 47w4.8

12 1.75 19 10 7.8w0.8 77w8 11w1 11w1 108w11 80w8

14 2 22 12 12.5w1 122w13 17.5w2 17.5w2 172w18 127w13

16 2 24 14 19.5w2 191w21 141w15 27w3 268w29 198w22

18 2.5 27 14 27w3 262w28 194w21 37w4 366w36 270w26

20 2.5 30 17 38w4 372w40 275w30 53w6 524w57 387w42

22 2.5 32 17 52w6 511w57 377w42 73w8 719w80 531w59

24 3 36 19 66w7 644w70 475w52 92w10 905w98 668w72

27 3 41 19 96w10 945w100 698w74 135w15 1329w140 980w103

30 3.5 46 22 131w14 1287w140 950w103 184w20 1810w190 1336w140

33 3.5 50 24 177w20 1740w200 1282w147 250w27 2455w270 1809w199

36 4 55 27 230w25 2250w250 1658w184 320w35 3150w350 2321w258

39 4 60 ± 295w33 2900w330 2137w243 410w45 4050w450 2985w332

2. TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NUTS OF FLARED

Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

1/2" - 20 17 2.6w0.5 25.5w4.9 18.8w3.6

Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

9/16" - 18 17 2.3 ± 2.5 23 ± 25 17 ± 18.4

Nomenclature Code Applications

Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Vaseline ± Used for protecting battery electrode terminals from corrosion.

ELECTRIC WIRE CODE ELECTRIC

CLASSIFICATION BY COLOUR AND CODE

COMPOSITION OF THE COLOURS

Machine model PC75R-2

Final drive OIL 1.7 , 1.7 ,

Swing OIL 1.5 , 1.5 ,

ASTM: America Society of Testing and Materials

P.T.O. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . 2 Brake valve .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . 79

1. Swing motor 8. Brake swing solenoid valve